texlive[43501] Master/texmf-dist: biblatex-philosophy (14mar17)

commits+karl at tug.org commits+karl at tug.org
Tue Mar 14 22:52:44 CET 2017


Revision: 43501
          http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=43501
Author:   karl
Date:     2017-03-14 22:52:44 +0100 (Tue, 14 Mar 2017)
Log Message:
-----------
biblatex-philosophy (14mar17)

Modified Paths:
--------------
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/examples.zip
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/english-philosophy.lbx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/italian-philosophy.lbx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.bbx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.cbx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.bbx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.cbx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-standard.bbx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.bbx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.cbx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/spanish-philosophy.lbx

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/examples.zip
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.bib	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.bib	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,38 +5,21 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `bib')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 
 
 
 
-
-
- at INCOLLECTION{corrocher:2009,
-  author = {Roberto Corrocher},
-  title = {Riflessioni sull'uomo di fronte a nuove sfide},
-  pages = {27-42},
-  annote = {An \texttt{@incollection} entry. The \texttt{@collection} is automatically
-printed in the bibliography because another \texttt{@incollection}
-has been cited},
-  crossref = {Filmed:2009},
-  date-added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100},
-  date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:33:22 +0100},
-  hyphenation = {italian},
-  keywords = {esempio},
-  read = {0}
-}
-
 @INCOLLECTION{Degani:2009,
   author = {Marta Degani and Elisabetta Adami and Anna Belladelli},
   title = {The Use of Modal Verbs in Interpersonal Contexts: From Semantics
-to Pragmatics},
+  to Pragmatics},
   pages = {13-54},
   crossref = {Facchinetti:2009},
   date-added = {2009-12-15 16:50:20 +0100},
@@ -56,27 +39,13 @@
   keywords = {esempio}
 }
 
- at INCOLLECTION{federspil:2009,
-  author = {Giovanni Federspil and Roberto Vettor},
-  title = {Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?},
-  pages = {43-74},
-  annote = {An \texttt{@incollection} entry. The \texttt{@collection} is automatically
-printed in the bibliography because another \texttt{@incollection}
-has been cited},
-  crossref = {Filmed:2009},
-  date-added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100},
-  date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:37:35 +0100},
-  hyphenation = {italian},
-  keywords = {esempio}
-}
-
 @INCOLLECTION{Rossitto:1977,
   author = {Cristina Rossitto},
   title = {Opposizione e non contraddizione nella \emph{Metafisica} di Aristotele},
   pages = {43-69},
   annote = {Note that the \texttt{@collection} data (inherited from the \texttt{crossref}
-field) are printed inside the \texttt{@incollection} entry because
-this is the the only \texttt{@incollection} cited from that \texttt{@collection}},
+  field) are printed inside the \texttt{@incollection} entry because
+  this is the the only \texttt{@incollection} cited from that \texttt{@collection}},
   crossref = {Berti:1977},
   date-added = {2009-09-29 11:29:32 +0200},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:49:38 +0100},
@@ -145,9 +114,14 @@
 }
 
 @ONLINE{clawson:mla,
-  annote = {The biblatex-mla files provide support to biblatex, bibtex, and latex
-for citations and Works Cited lists in the style established by the
-Modern Language Association (MLA)},
+  annote = {\texttt{Biblatex-mla} provides support to Biblatex , BibTeX, and LaTeX for citations and Works. Cited lists in the style established by the Modern Language Association (MLA). For commands and options to change package defaults, see § 3.1 and § 3.2, respectively, below. MLA style, a common standard for writers in the humanities, is outlined in the MLA
+    \emph{Style Manual}, in its 3\textsubscript{rd} edition, and the \emph{MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers}, now
+    in its 8\textsubscript{th} edition. \texttt{Biblatex-mla} follows the style outlined in the latter of these. It also
+    follows the logic of the MLA when citing similar material repeatedly, trimming unnecessary
+    information from citations where necessary. \texttt{Biblatex-mla} is compatible with \texttt{Biblatex}’s
+    support for \texttt{hyperref} and \texttt{tex4ht} , and the main word in each citation (either the author’s
+    name, the title, or the page number) serves as a link to the particular entry in the Works
+    Cited.},
   author = {James Clawson},
   date = {2010},
   date-added = {2012-04-18 11:51:47 +0200},
@@ -210,7 +184,7 @@
   author = {Frege, Gottlob},
   address = {Hamburg},
   annote = {Note the \texttt{pagination} field, used to change the string preceding
-the \texttt{postnote} argument of the citation commands},
+  the \texttt{postnote} argument of the citation commands},
   date = {1988},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:40:09 +0100},
   keywords = {esempio},
@@ -219,8 +193,14 @@
 }
 
 @ONLINE{glibof:historian,
-  annote = {Historian follows the conventions of The Chicago Manual of Style,
-as presented in Turabian’s Manual for Writers},
+  annote = {The files \texttt{historian.bbx}, \texttt{historian.cbx}, and \texttt{historian.lbx} im-
+    plement a bibliography and citation style for use with Philipp Lehman’s
+    \texttt{biblatex} package. Historian follows the conventions of \emph{The Chicago
+    Manual of Style}, as presented in Turabian’s \emph{Manual for Writers}. The
+    style is designed for use by historians who need to generate detailed
+    footnotes not only for ordinary books and articles, but also reprint edi-
+    tions, correspondence, archives and archival documents, online sources,
+    book reviews, unpublished manuscripts, and conference presentations.},
   author = {Sander Gliboff},
   date = {2010},
   date-added = {2012-04-18 11:49:37 +0200},
@@ -228,8 +208,8 @@
   hyphenation = {english},
   keywords = {primaria},
   subtitle = {A Footnotes-and-Bibliography Style, Following Turabian/Chicago Guidelines:
-For Use with the Biblatex System of Programmable Bibliographies and
-Citations},
+  For Use with the Biblatex System of Programmable Bibliographies and
+  Citations},
   title = {User's Guide to \texttt{Historian}},
   url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-historian/historian.pdf},
   version = {0.4}
@@ -237,14 +217,14 @@
 
 @BOOK{guzman:sd,
   title = {Problemática logico-lingüística de la comunicacíon social con el
-pueblo Aymara},
+  pueblo Aymara},
   year = {s.d.},
   author = {Guzmán de Rojas, Iván},
   note = {mimeo},
   addendum = {Con los auspicios del Centro internacional de Investigacíones para
-el Desarrollo de Canada},
+  el Desarrollo de Canada},
   annote = {A work without a pubblication date. The string \texttt{nodate} (localized)
-is automatically printed},
+  is automatically printed},
   date-added = {2012-04-17 23:48:05 +0200},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:40:38 +0100},
   keywords = {esempio},
@@ -257,25 +237,24 @@
   author = {Martin Heidegger},
   edition = {18},
   annote = {Note the \texttt{library} field, use for some details about the first
-edition},
+  edition},
   booktitle = {Sein und Zeit},
   date = {2001},
   date-added = {2012-04-15 18:03:59 +0200},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:41:30 +0100},
   keywords = {esempio,volumesingolo},
-  library = {Apparso originariamente nel 1927 nell'annuario diretto da H. Husserl
-\emph{Jahrbuch für Philosophie und phänomenologische Forschung (vol.
-VIII)}},
+  library = {Originally published in 1927 on the \emph{Jahrbuch für Philosophie
+  und phänomenologische Forschung (vol. VIII)}, directed by H. Husserl},
   location = {Tübingen}
 }
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{kant:kpv,
   annotation = {An edition of Kant's \emph{Collected Works}, volume five. This is
-an \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique
-of Practical Reason} only, not to the entire fifth volume. Note the
-\texttt{author} and \texttt{bookauthor} fields in the database file.
-By default, the \texttt{bookauthor} is omitted if the values of the
-\texttt{author} and \texttt{bookauthor} fields are identical},
+  an \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique
+  of Practical Reason} only, not to the entire fifth volume. Note the
+  \texttt{author} and \texttt{bookauthor} fields in the database file.
+  By default, the \texttt{bookauthor} is omitted if the values of the
+  \texttt{author} and \texttt{bookauthor} fields are identical},
   author = {Kant, Immanuel},
   bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel},
   booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft},
@@ -294,23 +273,10 @@
   volume = {5}
 }
 
- at BOOKINBOOK{kant:kpv:xref,
-  author = {Kant, Immanuel},
-  date = {1968},
-  date-added = {2013-02-25 22:44:19 +0100},
-  date-modified = {2013-03-15 19:27:33 +0100},
-  keywords = {esempio},
-  pages = {1-163},
-  shorttitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft},
-  title = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft},
-  volume = {5},
-  xref = {kant:werke}
-}
-
 @BOOKINBOOK{kant:ku,
   annotation = {An edition of Kant's \emph{Collected Works}, volume five. This is
-an \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique
-of Judgment} only, not to the entire fifth volume},
+  an \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique
+  of Judgment} only, not to the entire fifth volume},
   author = {Kant, Immanuel},
   bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel},
   booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft},
@@ -328,6 +294,19 @@
   volume = {5}
 }
 
+ at BOOKINBOOK{kant:kpv:xref,
+  author = {Kant, Immanuel},
+  date = {1968},
+  date-added = {2013-02-25 22:44:19 +0100},
+  date-modified = {2013-03-15 19:27:33 +0100},
+  keywords = {esempio},
+  pages = {1-163},
+  shorttitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft},
+  title = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft},
+  volume = {5},
+  xref = {kant:werke}
+}
+
 @BOOKINBOOK{kant:ku:xref,
   author = {Kant, Immanuel},
   date = {1968},
@@ -359,7 +338,7 @@
 
 @mvbook{knuth:ct,
   annotation = {A five-volume book cited as a whole. This is a \texttt{book} entry,
-note the \texttt{volumes} field},
+  note the \texttt{volumes} field},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1984/1986},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -376,11 +355,11 @@
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{knuth:ct:a,
   annotation = {The first volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle}
-and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this volume to be listed after
-the entry referring to the entire five-volume set. Also note the
-\texttt{indextitle} and \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields. Indexing
-packages that don't generate robust index entries require some control
-sequences to be protected from expansion},
+  and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this volume to be listed after
+  the entry referring to the entire five-volume set. Also note the
+  \texttt{indextitle} and \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields. Indexing
+  packages that don't generate robust index entries require some control
+  sequences to be protected from expansion},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1984},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -400,8 +379,8 @@
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{knuth:ct:b,
   annotation = {The second volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle}
-and \texttt{sortyear} fields. Also note the \texttt{indexsorttitle}
-field},
+  and \texttt{sortyear} fields. Also note the \texttt{indexsorttitle}
+  field},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1986},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -420,7 +399,7 @@
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{knuth:ct:c,
   annotation = {The third volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle}
-and \texttt{sortyear} fields as well as the \texttt{indextitle} field},
+  and \texttt{sortyear} fields as well as the \texttt{indextitle} field},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1986},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -439,7 +418,7 @@
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{knuth:ct:d,
   annotation = {The fourth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle}
-and \texttt{sortyear} fields},
+  and \texttt{sortyear} fields},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1986},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -457,7 +436,7 @@
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{knuth:ct:e,
   annotation = {The fifth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle}
-and \texttt{sortyear} fields},
+  and \texttt{sortyear} fields},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1986},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -474,7 +453,7 @@
 
 @mvbook{comenio:oo,
   annote = {This author is known with his Latin name, given in the \texttt{nameaddon}
-field},
+  field},
   author = {Jan Amos Komensky},
   booktitle = {Opera Omnia},
   date = {1969},
@@ -487,51 +466,122 @@
 }
 
 @ONLINE{kime:biber,
+  annotation = {Biber is conceptually a Bib\TeX replacement for Biblatex. It is written in Perl
+    with the aim of providing a customised and sophisticated data preparation backend
+    for Biblatex. You do not need to install Perl to use Biber—binaries are provided
+    for many operating systems via the main \TeX distributions (\TeX Live, Mac\TeX,
+    MiK\TeX) and also via download from SourceForge. Functionally, Biber offers a
+    superset of Bib\TeX’s capabilities but is tightly coupled with Biblatex and cannot
+    be used as a stand-alone tool with standard .bst styles. Biber’s primary role is to
+    support Biblatex by performing the following tasks:
+    Parsing data from datasources;
+    Processing cross-references, entry sets, related entries;
+    Generating data for name, name list and name/year disambiguation;
+    Structural validation according to Biblatex data model;
+    Sorting reference lists;
+    Outputting data to a .bbl for Biblatex to consume},
   author = {Philip Kime and François Charette},
   title = {\texttt{biber}},
   subtitle = {A backend bibliography processor for biblatex},
-  date = {2016},
+  date = {2016-05-12},
   hyphenation = {english},
   keywords = {primaria},
   url = {http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net},
-  version = {2.5}
+  version = {2.7}
 }
 
 @ONLINE{lehman:biblatex,
-  annote = {This document is a systematic reference manual for the \texttt{biblatex}
-package. Look at the sample documents which ship with \texttt{biblatex}
-to get a first impression.},
+  annote = {This package provides advanced bibliographic facilities for use with LaTeX. The
+    package is a complete reimplementation of the bibliographic facilities provided by
+    LaTeX. The biblatex package works with the “backend” (program) biber, which
+    is used to process BibTeX format data files and them performs all sorting, label
+    generation (and a great deal more). Formatting of the bibliography is entirely con-
+    trolled by TeX macros. Good working knowledge in LaTeX should be sufficient to
+    design new bibliography and citation styles. This package also supports subdivided
+    bibliographies, multiple bibliographies within one document, and separate lists of
+    bibliographic information such as abbreviations of various fields. Bibliographies may
+    be subdivided into parts and/or segmented by topics. Just like the bibliography styles,
+    all citation commands may be freely defined. Features such as full Unicode support
+    for bibliography data, customisable sorting, multiple bibliographies with different
+    sorting, customisable labels and dynamic data modification are available},
   author = {Philipp Lehman},
-  booktitle = {The \textsf{biblatex} package},
-  date = {2011},
-  date-added = {2009-10-13 18:52:07 +0200},
-  date-modified = {2013-03-13 23:38:26 +0100},
+  nameaddon = {with Philip Kime, Audrey Boruvka and Joseph Wright},
+  date = {2016-11-16},
   hyphenation = {english},
   keywords = {primaria},
   subtitle = {Programmable Bibliographies and Citations},
-  title = {The \texttt{biblatex} package},
+  title = {The \texttt{biblatex} Package},
   url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf},
-  version = {1.7}
+  version = {3.7}
 }
 
- at BOOK{Lobacevskij:1994,
-  title = {Nuovi principi della geometria},
-  publisher = {Bollati Boringhieri},
-  author = {Nikolaj Ivanovi\v{c} Loba\v{c}evskij},
-  editor = {Lucio Lombarto Radice},
-  annote = {An entry typeset using the depreciated \texttt{orig-} fields mechanism},
-  booktitle = {Nuovi principi della geometria},
-  date = {1994},
-  date-added = {2013-03-14 12:51:03 +0100},
-  date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:42:38 +0100},
-  foreword = {Evandro Agazzi},
-  keywords = {esempio},
-  location = {Torino},
-  options = {origed},
-  origdate = {1835},
-  subtitle = {Con una teoria completa delle parallele}
+ at ONLINE{babel,
+  annote = {This manual describes babel, a package that makes
+    use of the capabilities of TEX version 3 and, to some
+    extent, xetex and luatex, to provide an environment
+    in which documents can be typeset in a language
+    other than US English, or in more than one language
+    or script. However, no attempt has been done to take full
+    advantage of the features provided by the latter,
+    which would require a completely new core (as for
+    example polyglossia or as part of \LaTeX 3)},
+  author = {Johannes L. Braams},
+  date = {2016-04-23},
+  hyphenation = {english},
+  keywords = {primaria},
+  title = {Babel},
+  url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/babel/babel.pdf},
+  version = {3.9r}
 }
 
+ at ONLINE{polyglossia,
+  annote = {Polyglossia is a package for facilitating multilingual typesetting with \XeLaTeX{} and
+    (at an early stage) Lua\LaTeX. Basically, it can be used as an alternative to babel
+    for performing the following tasks automatically:
+    1. Loading the appropriate hyphenation patterns.
+    2. Setting the script and language tags of the current font (if possible and
+    available), via the package fontspec.
+    3. Switching to a font assigned by the user to a particular script or language.
+    4. Adjusting some typographical conventions according to the current lan-
+    guage (such as afterindent, frenchindent, spaces before or after punctu-
+    ation marks, etc.).
+    5. Redefining all document strings (like “chapter”, “figure”, “bibliography”).
+    6. Adapting the formatting of dates (for non-Gregorian calendars via external
+    packages bundled with polyglossia: currently the Hebrew, Islamic and
+    Farsi calendars are supported).
+    7. For languages that have their own numbering system, modifying the
+    formatting of numbers appropriately (this also includes redefining the al-
+    phabetic sequence for non-Latin alphabets).
+    8. Ensuring proper directionality if the document contains languages that are
+    written from right to left (via the package bidi, available separately).},
+  author = {François Charette},
+  date = {2015-03-25},
+  hyphenation = {english},
+  keywords = {primaria},
+  title = {Polyglossia: An Alternative to Babel for \XeLaTeX{} and Lua\LaTeX},
+  url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/babel/babel.pdf},
+  version = {1.42.4}
+}
+
+ at ONLINE{csquotes,
+  annote = {This package provides advanced facilities for inline and display quotations. It is
+    designed for a wide range of tasks ranging from the most simple applications to
+    the more complex demands of formal quotations. The facilities include commands,
+    environments, and user-definable ‘smart quotes’ which dynamically adjust to their
+    context. Quotation marks are switched automatically if quotations are nested and
+    can adjust to the current language. There are additional features designed to cope
+    with the more specific demands of academic writing. All quote styles as well as the
+    optional active quotes are freely configurable},
+  author = {Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright},
+  date = {2017-02-03},
+  hyphenation = {english},
+  keywords = {primaria},
+  subtitle = {Context Sensitive Quotation Facilities},
+  title = {The \texttt{csquotes} Package},
+  url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/csquotes/csquotes.pdf},
+  version = {5.2a}
+}
+
 @ARTICLE{Moore:1903:ORIGFIELDS,
   author = {George Edward Moore},
   title = {The refutation of idealism},
@@ -574,8 +624,7 @@
 @BOOK{pantieri:artelatex,
   title = {L'arte di scrivere con \LaTeX},
   author = {Lorenzo Pantieri and Tommaso Gordini},
-  annote = {The most popular italian guide to \LaTeX. A little masterpiece of
-style and typesetting},
+  annote = {Lo scopo di questo lavoro, rivolto sia a chi muove i primi passiin \LaTeX{} sia a quanti già lo conoscono, è di offrire ai suoi utenti italiani le conoscenze essenziali per poterlo usare con successo. I concetti fondamentali della materia, raccolti da svariati manuali, vengono presentati nel modo più chiaro e organico possibile; nel contempo si fornisce un vasto campionario di esempi e si analizzano alcuni tipici problemi che potrebbero presentarsi nella redazione di una pubblicazione scientifica o professionale in italiano, indicando per ciascuno le soluzioni per noi migliori.},
   booktitle = {L'arte di scrivere con \LaTeX},
   date = {2011},
   date-added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100},
@@ -606,7 +655,7 @@
   publisher = {Flammarion},
   author = {Jules-Henri Poincaré},
   annote = {A book entry followed by its translation, cross-referenced in the
-\texttt{related} field},
+  \texttt{related} field},
   booktitle = {La science et l'hypothèse},
   date = {1968},
   date-added = {2010-03-05 16:18:11 +0100},
@@ -621,7 +670,7 @@
   publisher = {Springer},
   author = {Karl R. Popper},
   annote = {A book entry followed by two differents translations, cross-referenced
-in the \texttt{related} (biber 1.6 required)},
+  in the \texttt{related} (biber 1.6 required)},
   booktitle = {Logik der Forschung},
   date = {1934},
   date-added = {2013-03-01 17:50:26 +0100},
@@ -665,7 +714,7 @@
 @BOOKINBOOK{Reale1987,
   address = {Milano},
   annote = {A book published in a multivolume work. Note the \texttt{titleaddon}
-field, used for the details about the chapter title},
+  field, used for the details about the chapter title},
   author = {Giovanni Reale},
   date = {1987},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:48:31 +0100},
@@ -677,7 +726,7 @@
   publisher = {Vita e Pensiero},
   title = {Dalle origini a Socrate},
   titleaddon = {Appendice seconda: ``Precisazioni sulle caratteristiche fondamentali
-del concetto greco di filosofia''},
+  del concetto greco di filosofia''},
   volume = {1}
 }
 
@@ -719,9 +768,11 @@
 }
 
 @ONLINE{wassenhoven:dw,
-  annote = {A small collection of styles for the biblatex package. It was designed
-for citations in the Humanities and offers some features that are
-not provided by the standard biblatex styles.},
+  annote = {A small collection of styles for the biblatex package.
+  It was designed for citations in the Humanities and offers some features
+  that are not provided by the standard biblatex styles. biblatex-dw
+  is dependent on biblatex – version 1.7 needs at least version 3.3
+  of biblatex and was tested with biblatex version 3.6 and biber version 2.6.},
   author = {Dominik Waßenhoven},
   date = {2011},
   date-added = {2013-03-13 21:58:04 +0100},
@@ -740,7 +791,7 @@
   date-added = {2009-10-20 17:17:52 +0200},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:29:20 +0100},
   editor = {Claudio Bartocci and Renato Betti and Angelo Guerraggio and Roberto
-Lucchetti},
+  Lucchetti},
   hyphenation = {italian},
   keywords = {esempio},
   location = {Milano},
@@ -778,13 +829,13 @@
 
 @COLLECTION{Filmed:2009,
   annote = {A collection with four editors. The list is automatically truncated
-in the citations},
+  in the citations},
   booktitle = {Filosofia delle medicina},
   date = {2009},
   date-added = {2009-09-27 23:05:08 +0200},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:37:44 +0100},
   editor = {Pierdaniele Giaretta and Antonio Moretto and Gian Franco Gensini
-and Marco Trabucchi},
+  and Marco Trabucchi},
   hyphenation = {italian},
   keywords = {esempio},
   location = {Bologna},
@@ -794,6 +845,35 @@
   volumes = {2}
 }
 
+ at INCOLLECTION{corrocher:2009,
+  author = {Roberto Corrocher},
+  title = {Riflessioni sull'uomo di fronte a nuove sfide},
+  pages = {27-42},
+  annote = {An \texttt{@incollection} entry. The \texttt{@collection} is automatically
+    printed in the bibliography because another \texttt{@incollection}
+    has been cited},
+  crossref = {Filmed:2009},
+  date-added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100},
+  date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:33:22 +0100},
+  hyphenation = {italian},
+  keywords = {esempio},
+  read = {0}
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{federspil:2009,
+  author = {Giovanni Federspil and Roberto Vettor},
+  title = {Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?},
+  pages = {43-74},
+  annote = {An \texttt{@incollection} entry. The \texttt{@collection} is automatically
+    printed in the bibliography because another \texttt{@incollection}
+    has been cited},
+  crossref = {Filmed:2009},
+  date-added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100},
+  date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:37:35 +0100},
+  hyphenation = {italian},
+  keywords = {esempio}
+}
+
 @COLLECTION{Pasquinelli:1969,
   booktitle = {Il Neoempirismo},
   date = {1969},
@@ -809,7 +889,7 @@
 
 @MVREFERENCE{britannica,
   annote = {A multivolume encyclopedia. Note the \texttt{useeditor=false} option
-and \texttt{indextitle} field},
+  and \texttt{indextitle} field},
   booktitle = {The New Encyclopædia Britannica},
   date = {2003},
   date-added = {2010-03-10 17:46:47 +0100},
@@ -858,7 +938,7 @@
 
 @ONLINE{ctan,
   annote = {Note the \texttt{urldate} field and the \texttt{label} field, used
-for the citations.},
+  for the citations.},
   bdsk-url-1 = {http://www.ctan.org},
   date = {2006},
   date-added = {2011-06-02 17:33:32 +0200},
@@ -885,16 +965,16 @@
   urldate = {2012-01-15}
 }
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `biblatex-philosophy.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.dtx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/biblatex-philosophy/biblatex-philosophy.dtx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -4,26 +4,26 @@
 \input docstrip.tex
 \keepsilent
 \preamble
-  ______________________________________________________
-  The biblatex-philosophy package 
-  Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa 
-  All rights reserved
+______________________________________________________
+The biblatex-philosophy package 
+Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa 
+All rights reserved
 
-  License information appended
+License information appended
 
 \endpreamble
 \postamble
 
- Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 
- This program is provided under the terms of the
- LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
- archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+This program is provided under the terms of the
+LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 
- Author: Ivan Valbusa
-         ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+Author: Ivan Valbusa
+ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 
- This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 
 \endpostamble
 \askforoverwritefalse
@@ -30,17 +30,17 @@
 
 \Msg{*** Generating the class file ***}
 \generate{
-\file{philosophy-standard.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{standard-bbx}}
-\file{philosophy-classic.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{classic-bbx}}
-\file{philosophy-modern.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{modern-bbx}}
-\file{philosophy-verbose.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{verbose-bbx}}
-\file{philosophy-classic.cbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{classic-cbx}}
-\file{philosophy-modern.cbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{modern-cbx}}
-\file{philosophy-verbose.cbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{verbose-cbx}}
-\file{italian-philosophy.lbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{italian-lbx}}
-\file{english-philosophy.lbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{english-lbx}}
-\file{spanish-philosophy.lbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{spanish-lbx}}
-\file{biblatex-philosophy.bib}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{bib}}
+  \file{philosophy-standard.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{standard-bbx}}
+  \file{philosophy-classic.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{classic-bbx}}
+  \file{philosophy-modern.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{modern-bbx}}
+  \file{philosophy-verbose.bbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{verbose-bbx}}
+  \file{philosophy-classic.cbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{classic-cbx}}
+  \file{philosophy-modern.cbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{modern-cbx}}
+  \file{philosophy-verbose.cbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{verbose-cbx}}
+  \file{italian-philosophy.lbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{italian-lbx}}
+  \file{english-philosophy.lbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{english-lbx}}
+  \file{spanish-philosophy.lbx}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{spanish-lbx}}
+  \file{biblatex-philosophy.bib}{\from{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}{bib}}
 }
 
 \Msg{***********************************************************}
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 %<english-lbx>\ProvidesFile{english-philosophy.lbx}
 %<spanish-lbx>\ProvidesFile{spanish-philosophy.lbx}
 %<*standard-bbx|classic-bbx|modern-bbx|verbose-bbx|classic-cbx|modern-cbx|verbose-cbx|italian-lbx|english-lbx|spanish-lbx>
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 %</standard-bbx|classic-bbx|modern-bbx|verbose-bbx|classic-cbx|modern-cbx|verbose-cbx|italian-lbx|english-lbx|spanish-lbx>
 %<*driver>
 \documentclass[10pt]{ltxdoc}
@@ -109,37 +109,37 @@
 \usepackage[osf,p,mono=false]{libertine}
 \usepackage[libertine]{newtxmath}
 \usepackage[svgnames]{xcolor}
-  \definecolor{sufred}{rgb}{0.5,0,0}
-  \definecolor{sufgray}{rgb}{0.5,0.5,0.5}
+\definecolor{philA}{rgb}{0.5,0,0}
 \usepackage{metalogo}
 \usepackage{guit}
 \usepackage[final]{microtype}
 % doc facilities
-  \let\cs\relax
-  \let\cmd\relax
+\let\cs\relax
+\let\cmd\relax
 \usepackage{ltxdockit}
 \usepackage{btxdockit}
 % bibliography
 \usepackage{csquotes}
 \usepackage[style=philosophy-modern,annotation=true]{biblatex}
-  \addbibresource{biblatex-philosophy.bib}
+\addbibresource{biblatex-philosophy.bib}
+\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib}
 % layout
 \setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
 \usepackage{geometry}
 \geometry{paperwidth=17cm,paperheight=24cm,margin=1.4cm,top=2cm,bottom=2cm,headheight=15pt,ignoreall,heightrounded}
 \usepackage{sectsty}
-  \allsectionsfont{\sffamily}
+\allsectionsfont{\sffamily}
 \usepackage{fancyhdr}
-  \fancyhf{}
-  \fancyhead[L]{© 2009--\the\year\quad Ivan Valbusa}
-  \fancyfoot[L]{\textsf{biblatex-philosophy} 
-                 \fileversion{} -- \filedate}
-  \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
-  \fancyhead[R]{\thepage}
-    \pagestyle{fancy}
+\fancyhf{}
+\fancyhead[L]{© 2009--\the\year\quad Ivan Valbusa}
+\fancyfoot[L]{\textsf{biblatex-philosophy} 
+  \fileversion{} -- \filedate}
+\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
+\fancyhead[R]{\thepage}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
 \usepackage[framemethod=TikZ]{mdframed}
-  \mdfsetup{roundcorner=3pt,linecolor=olive}
-  \usetikzlibrary{shadows}
+\mdfsetup{roundcorner=3pt,linecolor=olive}
+\usetikzlibrary{shadows}
 % New commands
 \def\suftesi{\textsf{suftesi}}
 \newcommand{\argstyle}{\itshape}
@@ -154,101 +154,106 @@
 \newcommand{\emphasize}[1]{\textcolor{teal}{#1}}
 % environments
 \newenvironment{ttquote}
-  {\begin{mdframed}
-  \ttfamily\microtypesetup{activate=false}}
+{\begin{mdframed}
+    \ttfamily\microtypesetup{activate=false}}
   {\end{mdframed}}
 \newenvironment{latexcode}
-  {\begin{mdframed}}
+{\begin{mdframed}}
   {\end{mdframed}}
 \newenvironment{bibexample}
-  {\begin{mdframed}[backgroundcolor=sufred!10,linecolor=white]}
-  {\ttfamily\small\microtypesetup{activate=false}\end{mdframed}}
+{\begin{mdframed}[backgroundcolor=philA!10,linecolor=white]}
+  {\end{mdframed}}
+\newenvironment{bibexamplelist}
+{\begin{mdframed}[backgroundcolor=philA!10,linecolor=white]
+		\list{}{\setlength{\itemindent}{-.5cm}\setlength{\leftmargin}{.5cm}\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}}}
+	{\endlist\end{mdframed}}
+
 \makeatletter
 \renewenvironment*{optionlist}
-  {\list{}{%
-     \setlength{\labelwidth}{2.5cm}%
-     \setlength{\labelsep}{\z@}%
-     \setlength{\leftmargin}{2.5cm}%
-     \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss\optionlistfont##1}}%
-   \ltd at optionlist}
-  {\endlist}
+{\list{}{%
+    \setlength{\labelwidth}{2.5cm}%
+    \setlength{\labelsep}{\z@}%
+    \setlength{\leftmargin}{2.5cm}%
+    \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss\optionlistfont##1}}%
+  \ltd at optionlist}
+{\endlist}
 \renewenvironment*{fieldlist}[1][3cm]
-  {\list{}{%
-     \setlength{\labelwidth}{#1}%
-     \setlength{\labelsep}{\marglistsep}%
-     \setlength{\leftmargin}{2.5cm}%
-     \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss\marglistfont##1}}%
-   \def\fielditem##1##2{%
-     \item[##1]%
-     \ltd at pdfbookmark{##1}{##1}%
-     field (##2)\par\nobreak
-     \vspace{\itemsep}}%
-   \def\listitem##1##2{%
-     \item[##1]%
-     \ltd at pdfbookmark{##1}{##1}%
-     list (##2)\par\nobreak
-     \vspace{\itemsep}}}
-  {\endlist}
+{\list{}{%
+    \setlength{\labelwidth}{#1}%
+    \setlength{\labelsep}{\marglistsep}%
+    \setlength{\leftmargin}{2.5cm}%
+    \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss\marglistfont##1}}%
+  \def\fielditem##1##2{%
+    \item[##1]%
+    \ltd at pdfbookmark{##1}{##1}%
+    field (##2)\par\nobreak
+    \vspace{\itemsep}}%
+  \def\listitem##1##2{%
+    \item[##1]%
+    \ltd at pdfbookmark{##1}{##1}%
+    list (##2)\par\nobreak
+    \vspace{\itemsep}}}
+{\endlist}
 \renewenvironment*{ltxsyntax}[1][3cm]
-  {\list{}{%
-     \setlength{\labelwidth}{3cm}%
-     \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}%
-     \setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}%
-     \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{%
-       \hss\ltxsyntaxfont\ltxsyntaxlabelfont##1}}%
-   \let\csitem\ltd at csitem
-   \let\cmditem\ltd at cmditem
-   \let\envitem\ltd at envitem
-   \let\lenitem\ltd at csitem
-   \let\boolitem\ltd at boolitem
-   \let\cntitem\ltd at item
-   \let\optitem\ltd at item}
-  {\endlist}
-  {\endlist}
+{\list{}{%
+    \setlength{\labelwidth}{3cm}%
+    \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}%
+    \setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}%
+    \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{%
+      \hss\ltxsyntaxfont\ltxsyntaxlabelfont##1}}%
+  \let\csitem\ltd at csitem
+  \let\cmditem\ltd at cmditem
+  \let\envitem\ltd at envitem
+  \let\lenitem\ltd at csitem
+  \let\boolitem\ltd at boolitem
+  \let\cntitem\ltd at item
+  \let\optitem\ltd at item}
+{\endlist}
+{\endlist}
 \renewenvironment*{valuelist}[1][]
-  {\list{}{%
-     \ifblank{#1}
-       {\setlength{\labelwidth}{5em}}
-       {\setlength{\labelwidth}{#1}}%
-     \setlength{\labelsep}{1em}%
-     \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
-     \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
-     \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
-     \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\valuelistfont##1\hss}}}
-  {\endlist}
+{\list{}{%
+    \ifblank{#1}
+    {\setlength{\labelwidth}{5em}}
+    {\setlength{\labelwidth}{#1}}%
+    \setlength{\labelsep}{1em}%
+    \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+    \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+    \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
+    \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\valuelistfont##1\hss}}}
+{\endlist}
 \newcommand*{\valuelistfont}{%
   \color{olive}\sffamily\displayverbfont}
 \renewcommand*{\optionlistfont}{%
-  \color{sufred}\sffamily\displayverbfont}
+  \color{philA}\sffamily\displayverbfont}
 \renewcommand*{\ltxsyntaxlabelfont}{%
-  \color{sufred}\sffamily\displayverbfont}
+  \color{philA}\sffamily\displayverbfont}
 \renewcommand*{\marglistfont}{%
-  \color{sufred}\sffamily\displayverbfont}
+  \color{philA}\sffamily\displayverbfont}
 % Table of contents
 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
-\setlength{\columnsep}{1cm}
-{\centering	    
-   \section*{\contentsname}%
-	      \@mkboth{\contentsname}{\contentsname}}	 
-        \thispagestyle{empty}
-        \begin{multicols}{2}
-	    \@starttoc{toc}%
-	    	\end{multicols}}
-\makeatother
-
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-\hypersetup{%
+  \setlength{\columnsep}{1cm}
+  {\centering      
+    \section*{\contentsname}%
+    \@mkboth{\contentsname}{\contentsname}}   
+  \thispagestyle{empty}
+  \begin{multicols}{2}
+    \@starttoc{toc}%
+  \end{multicols}}
+  \makeatother
+  
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+  \hypersetup{%
     pdftitle={User's Guide to \textsf{biblatex philosophy}},
     pdfsubject={Bibliography styles for (Italian) 
-                users of biblatex},
+      users of biblatex},
     pdfauthor={Ivan Valbusa},
     pdfkeywords={bibliography},
-    }   
+  }   
+  
+  \EnableCrossrefs         
+  \CodelineIndex
+  \RecordChanges
 
-\EnableCrossrefs         
-\CodelineIndex
-\RecordChanges
-
 \begin{document}
   \DocInput{biblatex-philosophy.dtx}
 \end{document}
@@ -256,7 +261,7 @@
 %</driver>
 % \fi
 %
-% \CheckSum{3738}
+% \CheckSum{3848}
 %
 % \CharacterTable
 %  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -274,7 +279,8 @@
 %   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
 %   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 %
-% \changes{v1.9.1}{2017/02/16}{Redefined macros for the related mechanism. Support for the \bibtype{set} entries. Support for the \opt{origpubin} and  \opt{origpubas} default related types. Improved  \texttt{.lbx} files.  Updated documentation.}
+% \changes{v1.9.2}{2017/03/14}{Support for \texttt{multivolume} related type. The \texttt{origed} string is substituted with \texttt{origpubas} (redefined for Italiana and Spanish). New string \texttt{opcited}. Deleted \texttt{cited} string. New multi-value option \opt{scauthors} substitutes \opt{scauthorcite} and \opt{scauthorbib} options. Updated documentation.}
+% \changes{v1.9.1}{2017/02/16}{Redefined macros for the eechanism. Support for the \bibtype{set} entries. Support for the \opt{origpubin} and  \opt{origpubas} default related types. Improved  \texttt{.lbx} files.  Updated documentation.}
 % \changes{v1.9}{2016/11/26}{Redefined \opt{ibidem} and \opt{loccit} strings in file \file{english-philosophy.lbx} according to the Chicago Manual of Style.}
 % \changes{v1.8}{2016/06/16}{Maintenance release. Corrected an incompatibility with \opt{scauthors} option.}
 % \changes{v1.7}{2016/06/10}{Maintenance release. Updated documentation.}
@@ -341,7 +347,7 @@
 % \node[align=center,anchor=center] at (current page.center) {%
 % Ivan Valbusa\\[1cm]
 % 
-%\Huge\color{gray}\bfseries \parbox{10cm}{\centering The \\{{\color{sufred}\fontsize{30}{32}\textsf{biblatex-philosophy}}\\ bundle}}\\[1cm]
+%\Huge\color{gray}\bfseries \parbox{10cm}{\centering The \\{{\color{philA}\fontsize{30}{32}\textsf{biblatex-philosophy}}\\ bundle}}\\[1cm]
 % \color{black!60!Goldenrod}
 %
 %\normalsize \fileversion{} -- \filedate
@@ -368,7 +374,7 @@
 % \clearpage
 %
 % \begin{center}
-% {\color{sufred}\bfseries 
+% {\color{philA}\bfseries 
 %   \Huge User's Guide to\\ \textsf{biblatex-philosophy}\\[3mm]}
 % {\large\itshape Bibliography styles for (Italian) users of~\textsf{biblatex}}
 %\vspace{.8cm}
@@ -385,8 +391,8 @@
 % \end{center}
 %
 %\begin{abstract}
-%\noindent This package provides a small collection of bibliography and citation styles for use with Philipp Lehman's \sty{biblatex} package. These styles aim to match the needs of the Italian writers, particularly those concerned in the humanities (for example the comma is used to distinguish the units of the entry). They offer some useful features to compose detailed bibliographic entries including the translation data of foreign texts, annotations etc. Many options allow you to change the style defaults. Only the Italian, English and Spanish localization is available for now but you can use the styles with all the languages supported by \sty{babel} (or \sty{polyglossia}) adding simple redefinitions.
-%	\end{abstract} 
+%\noindent This package provides a small collection of bibliography and citation styles for use with Philipp Lehman's \sty{biblatex} package. These styles try to be language-indipendent but their prime aim is to match the needs of the Italian writers, particularly those concerned in the humanities. They offer useful features to compose detailed bibliographic entries including the translation data of foreign texts, annotations etc. Many options allow you to change the style defaults. Only the Italian, English and Spanish localization is available for now but you can use the styles with all the languages adding simple redefinitions. 
+%  \end{abstract} 
 %
 % \tableofcontents
 %
@@ -397,13 +403,13 @@
 %
 % \smallskip
 %
-% {\itshape\noindent  I would like to thank who took part in the debate on {\fontfamily{cmr}\upshape\selectfont\GuIT{}} Web site and the authors of the styles which inspired \sty{biblatex-philosophy}, specifically: Dominik \textcite{wassenhoven:dw}, James \textcite{clawson:mla} and  Sander \textcite{glibof:historian}.
+% {\itshape\noindent  I would like to thank all those who took part in the debate on {\fontfamily{cmr}\upshape\selectfont\GuIT{}} Web site and the authors of the styles which inspired \sty{biblatex-philosophy}, specifically: Dominik \textcite{wassenhoven:dw}, James \textcite{clawson:mla} and  Sander \textcite{glibof:historian}. Last but not least, a special thank to Philipp \textcite{lehman:biblatex} for his fundamental package and to the actual developers, Philip Kime\index{Kime, Philip}, Audrey Boruvka\index{Boruvka, Audrey} and Joseph Wright\index{Wright, Joseph}.
 % }
 %
 %\section{Use}
 %
 % 
-%The styles can be loaded as usual, but to ensure Italian-style quotation marks, you need to call the \sty{babel} and \sty{csquotes} packages in the preamble of your \LaTeX{} document:
+%The styles can be loaded as usual, but to ensure language-specific quotation marks you need \sty{babel} or \sty{polyglossia} and \sty{csquotes} \parencite[see][]{babel,polyglossia,csquotes}. Biber in place of Bib\TeX{} is also required as backend bibliography processor \parencite{kime:biber}. The example below shows a typical code for an Italian document. Replace \meta{style} with \sty{classic}, \sty{modern} or \sty{verbose}, and \meta{bibfile} with the name of your bibliography file (``.bib'' must be declared). For other languages you can choose to use or not the Italian-style quotation marks provided by \sty{csquotes}.
 %\begin{ttquote}
 %\cmd{usepackage}\oar{italian}\ar{babel}\\
 %\cmd{usepackage}\oar{style=italian}\ar{csquotes}\\
@@ -410,89 +416,79 @@
 %\cmd{usepackage}\oar{style=philosophy-\meta{style}}\ar{biblatex}\\
 %\mbox{}\quad \cmd{addbibresource}\ar{\meta{bibfile}.bib}
 %\end{ttquote}
-%Replace \meta{style} with \sty{classic}, \sty{modern} or \sty{verbose}, and \meta{bibfile} with the name of your bibliography file (``.bib'' must be declared). See the example files in the \texttt{texmf-dist/doc/latex/ biblatex-philosophy/examples.zip} folder. 
-
-%\textbf{Warning!} Since version 1.6 these styles \emph{require} Biber as 
-% backend bibliography processor \parencite[see][]{kime:biber}.
+%To uniform the style of quotation marks in multilingual bibliographies typeset using the \opt{babel=other} package option, you can use the \cmd{DeclareQuoteAlias} command. For example:
+%\begin{ttquote}
+%\cmd{DeclareQuoteAlias}\ar{italian}\ar{german}
+%\end{ttquote}
 %
-%To uniform the style of quotation marks in multilingual bibliographies typeset using the \opt{babel=other} package option, you can use the \cmd{DeclareQuoteAlias} command:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareQuoteAlias{italian}{german}
-%\end{verbatim}
 %
+%\section{The styles}\label{sec:introduction}
+% This package provides three different styles: a verbose style and two author-year styles. The first simple and trivial characteristic of these style is that they use commas instead of dots to separate the parts of the entry, according to the most common Italian tradition. But they do much more, of course. The other features, some of which are style-dependent, are described in the next sections and can be easily examined looking at the examples at the end of this documentation or typesetting the example files in the \texttt{texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy/examples.zip} \TeX Live folder. 
 %
-%\section{The styles}\label{sec:introduction}
+% Note that the multi-authors (editors) entries adopt a very rational criterion for the ordering of the list. Only for the first author (editor) the surname precedes the name while the other authors (editors) are typeset in the form ``Name Surname'' (e.g. ``Eco, Umberto and Gianni Vattimo''). The Italian (academic) writers often see this feature like a sort of inconsistency. Actually it is inconsistent to typeset all the authors in the form ``Surname, Name'' when this is useless.
 % 
-% 
-%\subsection[\sty{philosophy-classic}]{\sty{philosophy-classic}}
+%\subsection[\sty{philosophy-classic}]{The \sty{philosophy-classic} style}
 %
-%
 %The \sty{classic} style is a standard author-year style associated to a compact citation scheme which allows to cite multiple entries of the same author and/or published in the same year, omitting some redundant informations:
 %\begin{bibexample}
 %Knuth (1984, 1986a,b,c,d)
 %\end{bibexample}
-
-%\begin{bibexample}
-%\begin{description}
-%\setlength{\itemsep}{-1mm}
-%\item[\mdseries Donald E. Knuth]
-%(1984-1986),	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, 5 vols., Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.
-%\item[---]
-%(1984)	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. A: \emph{The \TeX book}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.
-%\item[---]
-%(1986a)	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. B: \emph{\TeX: The Program}, Addison-Wesley, Read- ing, Mass.
-% \item[---]
-%(1986b)	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. C: \emph{The METAFONTbook}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.
-%  \item[---]
-%(1986c)	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. D: \emph{METAFONT: The Program}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.
-%  \item[---]
-%(1986d)	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. E: \emph{Computer Modern Typefaces}, Addison- Wesley, Reading, Mass.
-%\end{description}
-%	\end{bibexample}
+% A \sty{classic} bibliography is shown below. You can change indentation, horizontal and vertical space between entries and  between blocks or groups of entries. The dash can be replaced by the author's label via the \opt{dashed=false} option and you can have brackets in place of parentheses. See the \sty{biblatex} documentation  and section \ref{sec:lengths}.
+%\begin{bibexamplelist}
+%\item Donald E. Knuth (1984-1986),  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, 5 vols., Addison-Wesley.
+%\item ---
+%(1984)  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. A: \emph{The \TeX book}, Addison-Wesley.
+%\item ---
+%(1986a)  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. B: \emph{\TeX: The Program}, Addison-Wesley.
+% \item ---
+%(1986b)  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. C: \emph{The METAFONTbook}, Addison-Wesley.
+%  \item ---
+%(1986c)  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. D: \emph{METAFONT: The Program}, Addison-Wesley.
+%  \item ---
+%(1986d)  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. E: \emph{Computer Modern Typefaces}, Addison-Wesley.
+%  \end{bibexamplelist}
 %
 %
-%\subsection[\sty{philosophy-modern}]{\sty{philosophy-modern}} \label{esempio-modern}
+%\subsection[\sty{philosophy-modern}]{The \sty{philosophy-modern} style} \label{esempio-modern}
 %
-%The \sty{philosophy-modern} style uses the \sty{philosophy-classic} style for the citations but produces a fancy bibliography divided into blocks, which is particularly suited for bibliographies with many entries for the same author:
-%\begin{bibexample}
-%\begin{list}{}{%
-%\setlength{\itemsep}{-1mm}
-%\setlength{\labelwidth}{2cm}
-%\setlength{\itemindent}{0cm}
-%\setlength{\leftmargin}{2.3cm}
-%\setlength{\labelsep}{3mm}}
-%\item[Donald E. Knuth]
-%\item[1984/1986]
-%	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, 5 vols., Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.
-%\item[1984]
-%	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. A: \emph{The \TeX book}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.
-%\item[1986a]
-%	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. B: \emph{\TeX: The Program}, Addison-Wesley, Read- ing, Mass.
-% \item[1986b]
-%	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. C: \emph{The METAFONTbook}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.
-%  \item[1986c]
-%	\emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. D: \emph{METAFONT: The Program}, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.
-%\end{list}
-%	\end{bibexample}
+%The \sty{modern} style uses the ``classic'' citation scheme but produces a fancy bibliography divided into blocks, which is particularly suited for bibliographies with many entries for the same author. You can change the distance between year and title and, of course, all the common features with the ``classic'' style. Here is an example of a \sty{modern} bibliography: 
+%  \begin{bibexample}
+%    \list{}{
+%    \setlength{\labelwidth}{2cm}
+%    \setlength{\leftmargin}{2cm}
+%    \setlength{\itemsep}{0em}
+%  }
+%  \item \hskip-2cm Donald E. Knuth
+%  \item[1984/1986]
+%    \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, 5 vols., Addison-Wesley.
+%  \item[1984]
+%    \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. A: \emph{The \TeX book}, Addison-Wesley.
+%  \item[1986a]
+%    \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. B: \emph{\TeX: The Program}, Addison-Wesley.
+%   \item[1986b]
+%    \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. C: \emph{The METAFONTbook}, Addison-Wesley.
+%    \item[1986c]
+%    \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. D: \emph{METAFONT: The Program}, Addison-Wesley.
+%\endlist
+%    \end{bibexample}
+%  
 %
-%\subsection[\sty{philosophy-verbose}]{\sty{philosophy-verbose}}\label{sec:verbose}
+%\subsection[\sty{philosophy-verbose}]{The \sty{philosophy-verbose} style}\label{sec:verbose}
 %
-%This style is aimed for citations given in the footnotes and follows the most popular scheme used in the Italian humanities.
-%
-%It prints a full citation similar to a bibliography entry when an item is cited for the first time, and a short citation afterwards, using the title (possibly shortened in the \bibfield{shorttitle} field), followed by the string ``cit.''.
+%This style is aimed for citations given in the footnotes and follows the most popular scheme used in the Italian humanities. It prints a full citation similar to a bibliography entry when an item is cited for the first time, and a short citation afterwards, using the title (possibly shortened in the \bibfield{shorttitle} field), followed by the string ``cit.''.
 %Citing the same entry two times, in the second one the string ``Ivi'' is used; citing the same place of the previous citation you will have ``Ibidem'':
-%		\begin{bibexample}
-%				\textsuperscript{1} Cfr. Cartesio, \emph{Discorso sul metodo}, trad. e 
-%				introd. di Lucia Urbani Ulivi, 1\textsuperscript{a} ed., testo francese a fronte, Bompiani, 
-%				Milano 2002, p. 43.\\
-%				\textsuperscript{2} Ivi, p. 26. \\
-%				\textsuperscript{3} Ibidem. \\
-%				\textsuperscript{4} Settimo Termini, «Vita morte e miracoli di Alan 
-%				Mathison Turing», in \emph{Vite matematiche. Protagonisti del '900 da 
-%				Hilbert a Wiles}, a cura di Claudio Bartocci \emph{et al.}, Springer-Verlag Italia, 
-%				Milano 2007, pp. 59-61.\\
-%				\textsuperscript{5} Cartesio, \emph{Discorso sul metodo} cit., p. 35.
-%		\end{bibexample}
+%    \begin{bibexample}
+%        \textsuperscript{1} Cfr. Cartesio, \emph{Discorso sul metodo}, trad. e 
+%        introd. di Lucia Urbani Ulivi, 1\textsuperscript{a} ed., testo francese a fronte, Bompiani, 
+%        Milano 2002, p. 43.\\
+%        \textsuperscript{2} \emph{Ivi}, p. 26. \\
+%        \textsuperscript{3} \emph{Ibidem}. \\
+%        \textsuperscript{4} Settimo Termini, «Vita morte e miracoli di Alan 
+%        Mathison Turing», in \emph{Vite matematiche. Protagonisti del '900 da 
+%        Hilbert a Wiles}, a cura di Claudio Bartocci \emph{et al.}, Springer-Verlag Italia, 
+%        Milano 2007, pp. 59-61.
+%        \textsuperscript{5} Cartesio, \emph{Discorso sul metodo} cit., p. 35.
+%    \end{bibexample}
 %
 %When there is only one entry for the same author, with the \opt{singletitle=true} option 
 %the string ``op. cit.'' is used instead of the (short) title followed by ``cit.'':%
@@ -502,158 +498,325 @@
 %
 %All the scholarly abbreviations (\emph{latinitates}) but ``cit.'' are printed by default in normal font. With the \opt{latinemph} option (section \ref{sec:options-verbose}) you can get them in italic shape.
 %
+% A \sty{verbose} bibliography is similar to a \sty{classic} bibliography but with the year placed at the end of the entry:
+%\begin{bibexamplelist}
+%\item Donald E. Knuth,  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, 5 vols., Addison-Wesleys, 1984-1986.
+%\item ---
+%  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. A: \emph{The \TeX book}, Addison-Wesley, 1984.
+%\item ---
+%  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. B: \emph{\TeX: The Program}, Addison-Wesley, 1986.
+% \item ---
+%  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. C: \emph{The METAFONTbook}, Addison-Wesley, 1986.
+%  \item ---
+%  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. D: \emph{METAFONT: The Program}, Addison-Wesley, 1986.
+%  \item ---
+%  \emph{Computers \& Typesetting}, vol. E: \emph{Computer Modern Typefaces}, Addison- Wesley, 1986.
+%  \end{bibexamplelist}
+%
 % \section{Specialities}\label{sec:specialities}
-% The first simple and trivial characteristic of these style is that they use commas instead of dots to separate the parts of the entry, according to the most common Italian tradition. But the do much more, of course.
 %
 %\subsection{Related entries}\label{sec:related}
 %
+%The \sty{philosophy} styles use the mechanism provided by the \bibfield{related} field to typeset complex entries comprising both the original publication data and the translation data \parencite[see][]{Poincare:1968-ORIG}. The related entry is preceded by the \texttt{translationas} string which defaults to ``trad.~it.'' for Italian documents, ``trans.~as'' for English documents and ``trad.~es.'' for Spanish documents. If you want to change it, use the \bibfield{relatedstring} field, like in \textcite{popper-logik} which shows, among others, an entry with cascading relations. 
 %
+%  \begin{bibexamplelist}
+%\item Jules-Henri Poincaré (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Flammarion, Paris; trans. as \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, ed. by Corrado Sinigaglia, Bompiani, Milano 2003.
+%  \end{bibexamplelist}
 %
-%The \sty{philosophy} styles use the mechanism provided by the \bibfield{related} field to typeset complex entries comprising both the original publication data and the translation data \parencite[see][]{Poincare:1968-ORIG}. Previous versions of the styles provided a different mechanism to manage translations. This feature is now deprecated and it is still supported only for backward compatibility. See section \ref{sec:origfields} for details. 
-%	\begin{bibexample}
-% Jules-Henri Poincaré (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Flammarion, Paris; trans. as \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, ed. by Corrado Sinigaglia, Bompiani, Milano 2003.
-%	\end{bibexample}
-%
 %\begin{latexcode}
 %\begin{verbatim}
 %@book{Poincare:1968-ORIG,
-%	  author    = {Jules-Henri Poincaré},
-%	  title     = {La science et l'hypothèse},
-%	  publisher = {Flammarion},
-%	  location  = {Paris},
-%	  date      = {1968},
-%	  related   = {Poincare:1968-ITA}}
+%  author    = {Jules-Henri Poincaré},
+%  title     = {La science et l'hypothèse},
+%  publisher = {Flammarion},
+%  location  = {Paris},
+%  date      = {1968},
+%  related   = {Poincare:1968-ITA}}
 %
 %@book{Poincare:1968-ITA,
-%	  author    = {Jules-Henri Poincaré},
-%	  editor    = {Corrado Sinigaglia},
-%	  title     = {La scienza e l'ipotesi},
-%	  publisher = {Bompiani},
-%	  location  = {Milano}}
-%	\end{verbatim}
-%	\end{latexcode}
-%	
-%Since Biber 1.6 you can have cascading relations too \parencite[see][]{popper-logik}.
+%  author    = {Jules-Henri Poincaré},
+%  editor    = {Corrado Sinigaglia},
+%  title     = {La scienza e l'ipotesi},
+%  publisher = {Bompiani},
+%  location  = {Milano}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+%  \end{latexcode}
+%\begin{bibexamplelist}
+%\item Popper, Karl R.(1934), \emph{Logik der Forschung}, Springer, Wien; trans. \emph{The Logic of Scientific Discovery}, 3rd ed.,
+%Hutchinson, London 1959; it. trans. \emph{Logica della scoperta scientifica}, 3rd ed., Einaudi,
+%Torino 1998.
+%\end{bibexamplelist}
 %\begin{latexcode}
 %\begin{verbatim}
-%@Book{key1, 
-%  ...
-%  related	= {key2}, 
-%  ...
-%}
+%@book{popper-logik,
+%  title = {Logik der Forschung},
+%  publisher = {Springer},
+%  author = {Karl R. Popper},
+%  date = {1934},
+%  location = {Wien},
+%  related = {popper-logik:ing}}
 %
-%@Book{key2, 
-%  ...
-%  related	= {key3}, 
+%@book{popper-logik:ing,
+%  title = {The Logic of Scientific Discovery},
+%  publisher = {Hutchinson},
+%  author = {Karl R. Popper},
+%  edition = {3},
+%  date = {1959},
+%  location = {London},
+%  related = {popper-logik:ita},
+%  relatedstring={it. trans.}}
 %
-%  
-%@Book{key3, 
-%  ...
-%}
+%@book{popper-logik:ita,
+%  title = {Logica della scoperta scientifica},
+%  publisher = {Einaudi},
+%  author = {Karl R. Popper},
+%  edition = {3},
+%  date = {1998},
+%  location = {Torino}}
 %\end{verbatim}
 %\end{latexcode}
 %
-%The related entry is preceded by the \texttt{translationas} string which defaults to ``trad.~it.'' for Italian documents and ``trans.~as'' for English documents. If you want to change it, use the \bibfield{relatedstring} field. For example:
+%
+%\subsection{Crossreferences}\label{sec:crossref}
+%
+%
+%The \sty{philosophy} styles allow you to manage 
+%entries referring to other entries through the \bibfield{crossref} fields. This is very useful when you have to cite two or more \bibtype{incollection} of the same \bibtype{collection} \parencite[see][]{corrocher:2009,federspil:2009}. In this way the \bibtype{collection} is printed in the bibliography and is cross-referenced inside the \bibtype{incollection}, using the corresponding author-year label (the mechanism is the same for \bibtype{inbook} items).
+%\begin{bibexamplelist}
+%\item Corrocher, Roberto (2009) “Riflessioni sull’uomo di fronte a nuove sfide”, in Giaretta et al. (2009), pp. 27-42.
+%\item Federspil, Giovanni and Roberto Vettor (2009), “Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?”, in Giaretta et al. (2009), pp. 43-74.
+%\item Giaretta, Pierdaniele, Antonio Moretto, Gian Franco Gensini, and Marco Trabucchi (2009) (eds.), \emph{Filosofia delle medicina. Metodo, modelli, cura ed errori}, 2 vols., il Mulino, Bologna.
+%\end{bibexamplelist}
 %\begin{latexcode}
 %\begin{verbatim}
-%@book{Poincare:1968-ORIG,
-%	  author        = {Jules-Henri Poincaré},
-%	  ... 
-%	  related       = {Poincare:1968-ITA},
-%	  relatedstring = {ed.~it.}}
+%@collection{Filmed:2009,
+%  title = {Filosofia delle medicina},
+%  booktitle = {Filosofia delle medicina},
+%  subtitle = {Metodo, modelli, cura ed errori},
+%  editor = {Pierdaniele Giaretta and Antonio Moretto 
+%  and Gian Franco Gensini
+%  and Marco Trabucchi},
+%  volumes = {2},
+%  publisher = {il Mulino},
+%  location = {Bologna},
+%  date = {2009}}
+%
+%@incollection{corrocher:2009,
+%  author = {Roberto Corrocher},
+%  title = {Riflessioni sull'uomo di fronte a nuove sfide},
+%  pages = {27-42},
+%  crossref = {Filmed:2009}}
+%
+%@incollection{federspil:2009,
+%  author = {Giovanni Federspil and Roberto Vettor},
+%  title = {Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?},
+%  pages = {43-74},
+%  crossref = {Filmed:2009}}
 %\end{verbatim}
 %\end{latexcode}
+%When you have to cite \emph{only one} \bibtype{incollection} of a single \bibtype{collection} you have three choices:
+% \smallskip
 %
+% \noindent 1. use the \bibfield{crossref} field  \parencite[see][]{Termini:2007}. In this case all the  \bibtype{collection} data are automatically printed inside 
+% the \bibtype{incollection} entry:
+%\begin{bibexamplelist}
+%\item Termini, Settimo (2007), “Vita morte e miracoli di Alan Mathison Turing”, in \emph{Vite matematiche. Protagonisti del ’900 da Hilbert a Wiles}, ed. by Claudio Bartocci, Renato Betti, Angelo Guerraggio, and Roberto Lucchetti, Springer-Verlag Italia, Milano.
+%\end{bibexamplelist}
+%\begin{latexcode}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%@incollection{Termini:2007,
+%  author = {Settimo Termini},
+%  title = {Vita morte e miracoli di Alan Mathison Turing},
+%  crossref = {Bartocci:2007}}
 %
+%@collection{Bartocci:2007,
+%  title = {Vite matematiche}
+%  booktitle = {Vite matematiche},
+%  booksubtitle = {Protagonisti del '900 da Hilbert a Wiles},
+%  editor = {Claudio Bartocci and Renato Betti and Angelo Guerraggio and 
+%  Roberto Lucchetti},
+%  publisher = {Springer-Verlag Italia},
+%  location = {Milano},
+%  date = {2007}}  
+%\end{verbatim}
+%\end{latexcode}
+%  2.  put the \bibtype{collection} data in the fields of the \bibtype{incollection} entry \parencite[see][]{Valbusa:2007}. In this case the \bibtype{incollection} is self-contained:
+% \begin{bibexamplelist}
+%\item Valbusa, Ivan (2007), “Psicologia e sistema in Alsted e in Wolff”, in \emph{Christian Wolff tra psicologia empirica e psicologia razionale}, ed. by Ferdinando Luigi Marcolungo, Georg Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, Zürich, and London.
+% \end{bibexamplelist}  
+%\begin{latexcode}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%@incollection{Valbusa:2007,
+%  author = {Ivan Valbusa},
+%  title = {Psicologia e sistema in Alsted e in Wolff},
+%  booktitle = {Christian Wolff tra psicologia empirica e 
+%  psicologia razionale},
+%  publisher = {Georg Olms Verlag},
+%  editor = {Ferdinando Luigi Marcolungo},
+%  location = {Hildesheim and Zürich and London},
+%  date = {2007}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%\end{latexcode}
+%  3. put the \bibtype{collection} data in the fields of the \bibtype{incollection} entry and put the \bibtype{collection} label in the \bibfield{xref} field of the \bibtype{incollection} \parencite[see][]{kant:kpv:xref,kant:ku:xref}:
+% \begin{bibexamplelist}
+%\item Kant, Immanuel (1968a), \emph{Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, 9 vols., Walter de Gruyter, Berlin.
+%\item --- (1968b), \emph{Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, in Kant (1968a), vol. 5, pp. 1-163.
+%\item --- (1968d), \emph{Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, in Kant (1968a), vol. 5, pp. 165-485.
+% \end{bibexamplelist}  
+%\begin{latexcode}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%@bookinbook{kant:kpv:xref,
+%  author = {Kant, Immanuel},
+%  title = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft},
+%  shorttitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft},
+%  volume = {5},
+%  pages = {1-163},
+%  date = {1968},
+%  xref = {kant:werke}}
+%
+%@bookinbook{kant:ku:xref,
+%  author = {Kant, Immanuel},
+%  title = {Kritik der Urtheilskraft},
+%  volume = {5},
+%  pages = {165-485},
+%  date = {1968},
+%  xref = {kant:werke}}
+%
+%@mvbook{kant:werke,
+%  author = {Kant, Immanuel},
+%  title = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe},
+%  maintitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe},
+%  booktitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe},
+%  volumes = {9},
+%  publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},
+%  location = {Berlin},
+%  date = {1968}}    
+%\end{verbatim}
+%\end{latexcode}
+%
+%With the \sty{verbose} style, when citing \bibtype{incollection}s entries, the data of the \bibtype{collection} are printed entirely in the first citation and shortened afterwards. Anyway in the final bibliography the \bibtype{incollection} is always complete of all the informations about the corresponding \bibtype{collection}.
+%
+%
 %\subsection{Classical works}\label{sec:classical-works}
 %
 %
+% The treatment of the classical works and other writings with uncertain or omitted date is not particularly difficult if you use the \sty{verbose} style, but with the \sty{classic} and \sty{modern} styles some difficulties inevitably impose clear choices.
 %
-%The treatment of the classical works and other writings with uncertain or omitted date is particularly difficult and inevitably imposes some choices.
-%
 %If a critical edition exists you should cite it directly, such as  \textcite{heidegger:sz}. If you do not like this anachronistic label you may use the \bibfield{shorthand} field, such as \textcite{kant:kpv}. 
-% Note that a ``shorthand intro'' is automatically printed when the entry is cited for the first time and omitted afterwards.  To turn off this capability load the  option \opt{shorthandintro=false}. In this case you will need a list of shorthands (\cmd{printshorthands} command). If you do not like these solutions you can use the \bibfield{entrysubtype} field with \texttt{classic} value (see section \ref{sec:classical-works}) or the  \cmd{sdcite} command (section \ref{sec:commands:citations}).
+% Note that a ``shorthand intro'' is automatically printed when the entry is cited for the first time and omitted afterwards.  To turn off this feature load the  option \opt{shorthandintro=false}. Of course in this case you will need a list of shorthands (\cmd{printshorthands} command). If you do not like these solutions you can use the \bibfield{entrysubtype} or the  \cmd{sdcite} command in order to get an author-title citation, such as \cite{aristotle:physics} (see sections \ref{sec:newfields} and \ref{sec:commands:citations}). 
 %
+%\section{New fields}\label{sec:newfields}
+%
 %\begin{fieldlist}
 %
 %\fielditem{nameaddon}{literal} 
 %
 %An addon to be printed immediately after the author name in the bibliography. 
-%It is useful for those author known with alias, Latinized names, etc. \parencite[see][]{comenio:oo}.
+%It is useful for those author known with alias, Latinized names, etc. For example \textcite{comenio:oo}:
+%\begin{bibexamplelist}%
+%\item Komensky, Jan Amos \emphasize{[Comenio]} 
+% (1969), \emph{Opera Omnia}, Praga.
+%\end{bibexamplelist}
+%\begin{latexcode}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%@mvbook{comenio:oo,
+%  author = {Jan Amos Komensky},
+%  nameaddon = {Comenio},
+%  title = {Opera Omnia}
+%  location = {Praga},
+%  date = {1969}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%\end{latexcode}
 %
-% \fielditem{entrysubtype}{literal} 
-% This feature is active only for the \sty{classic} and \sty{modern} styles. 
+% \fielditem{entrysubtype}{literal\makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace*{2cm}[\sty{philosophy-classic} and \sty{philosophy-modern} only]}}
 % With the \opt{classic} value the citation commands will produce an 
-% author-title label. This is useful for citing works from classical antiquity, such as \cite{aristotle:physics}:
+% author-title label. This is useful for citing works from classical antiquity, such as \cite{aristotle:physics}.
 %\begin{latexcode}
 %\begin{verbatim}
 %@book{aristotle:physics,
-%	  entrysubtype = {classic},
-%	  author       = {Aristotle},
-%	  title        = {Physics},
-%	  ...
+%  entrysubtype = {classic},
+%  author       = {Aristotle},
+%  title        = {Physics},
+%  ...
 % }
 %\end{verbatim}
 %\end{latexcode}
 %In the bibliography the entry is printed with the author-year label, but with the \opt{skipbib} option in the \opt{options} field you can exclude it from the bibliography.
-%	\end{fieldlist}
 %
 %
-%\subsection{Crossreferences}\label{sec:crossref}
-%
-%
-%The \sty{philosophy} styles allow you to manage 
-%entries referring to other entries through the \bibfield{crossref} fields. This is very useful when you have to cite two or more \bibtype{incollection} of the same \bibtype{collection} \parencite[see][]{corrocher:2009,federspil:2009}. In this way the \bibtype{collection} is printed in the bibliography and is cross-referenced inside the \bibtype{incollection}, using the corresponding author-year label (the mechanism is the same for \bibtype{inbook} items).
-%
-%
-%When you have to cite only one \bibtype{incollection} of a single \bibtype{collection} you have three choices:
-%		\begin{enumerate}
-%		\item use the \bibfield{crossref} field  \parencite[see][]{Rossitto:1977,Termini:2007}. In this case all the  \bibtype{collection} data are automatically printed inside the \bibtype{incollection} entry;
-%	\item put the \bibtype{collection} data in the fields of the \bibtype{incollection} entry \parencite[see][]{Valbusa:2007}. In this case the \bibtype{incollection} is self-contained;
-%	\item put the \bibtype{collection} data in the fields of the \bibtype{incollection} entry and put the \bibtype{collection} label in the \bibfield{xref} field of the \bibtype{incollection} \parencite[see][]{kant:kpv:xref,kant:ku:xref}.
-%		\end{enumerate}
-%
-%With the \sty{verbose} style, when citing \bibtype{incollection}s entries, the data of the \bibtype{collection} are printed entirely in the first citation and shortened afterwards. Anyway in the final bibliography the \bibtype{incollection} is always complete of all the informations about the corresponding \bibtype{collection}.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%\subsection{Annotated entries}\label{sec:annotated-entries}
-% 
-%
-%\begin{fieldlist}
-%
 %\fielditem{library}{literal} 
 %
-%This field is printed at the end of the entry, in a new period. It is aimed for secondary informations such as the location of the texts, historical notes, etc. \parencite[see][]{heidegger:sz}.
+%This field is printed at the end of the entry, in a new period. It is aimed for secondary informations such as the location of the texts, historical notes, etc. For example \textcite{heidegger:sz}:
+%\begin{bibexamplelist}
+%\item Heidegger, Martin (2001), \emph{Sein und Zeit}, 18th ed., Max Niemeyer Verlag, Tübingen. \emphasize{Originally published in 1927 on the \emph{Jahrbuch für Philosophie und phänomenologische Forschung (vol. VIII)}, directed by H. Husserl}.
+%\end{bibexamplelist}
+%\begin{latexcode}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%@book{heidegger:sz,
+%  author = {Martin Heidegger},
+%  title = {Sein und Zeit},
+%  edition = {18},
+%  publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},
+%  location = {Tübingen},
+%  date = {2001},
+%  library = {Originally published in 1927 on the \emph{Jahrbuch 
+%  für Philosophie und phänomenologische Forschung (vol. VIII)}, 
+%  directed by H. Husserl}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%\end{latexcode}
 %
 %\fielditem{annotation/annote}{literal} 
 %
-%This field is printed in a new paragraph at the very end of the entry. It requires the \opt{annotation} package option. The default font can be changed  redefining the \cmd{annotationfont} command (section \ref{sec:fonts}). See the  examples in the references of this documentation.
+%This field is printed in a new paragraph at the very end of the entry. It requires the \opt{annotation} package option. The default font can be changed  redefining the \cmd{annotationfont} command (section \ref{sec:customization}):
+%\begin{bibexamplelist}
+%\item Lehman, Philipp (2011), \emph{The biblatex package. Programmable Bibliographies and Citations}, version 1.7.\\[.5ex]
+%{\footnotesize \emphasize{This package provides advanced bibliographic facilities 
+%  for use with \LaTeX. The package is a complete 
+%  reimplementation of the bibliographic facilities provided 
+%  by \LaTeX. The biblatex package works with the “backend” 
+%  (program) \texttt{biber}, which is used to process Bib\TeX 
+%  format data files and them performs all sorting, label 
+%  generation (and a great deal more).}\par}
+%\end{bibexamplelist}
+%\begin{latexcode}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%@online{lehman:biblatex,
+%  author = {Philipp Lehman},
+%  title = {The \texttt{biblatex} Package},
+%  subtitle = {Programmable Bibliographies and Citations},
+%  version = {3.7},
+%  date = {2016-11-16},
+%  annote = {This package provides advanced bibliographic facilities 
+%  for use with \LaTeX. The package is a complete reimplementation 
+%  of the bibliographic facilities provided by \LaTeX. The biblatex 
+%  package works with the “backend” (program) \texttt{biber}, which 
+%  is used to process Bib\TeX{} format data files and them performs
+%  all sorting, label generation (and a great deal more).}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%\end{latexcode}
 %\end{fieldlist}
 %
 %
-%\subsection{Citation commands}\label{sec:commands:citations}
+%\section{New citation commands}\label{sec:commands:citations}
 %
 %
 %
-%\begin{ltxsyntax}[2cm]
+%\begin{ltxsyntax}
 %
-%\cmditem{sdcite}{key}
+%\cmditem{sdcite}{key}\hfill[\sty{philosophy-classic} and \sty{philosophy-modern} only]
 %
-%Uses an author-title label instead of an author-year label (defined only for the \sty{classic} and \sty{modern} styles). 
-%It is useful for some classical or undated works (see section \ref{sec:classical-works}). Writing
-% \verb!\sdcite[15]{guzman:sd}! you will obtain: \sdcite{guzman:sd}.
-% This command is deprecated. Use the \bibfield{entrysubtype} field instead (see section \ref{sec:classical-works}).
+%Uses an author-title label instead of an author-year label. 
+%It is useful for some classical or undated works. Anyway you should prefer the \opt{entrysubtype=classic} field. 
+% Writing \verb!\sdcite[15]{guzman:sd}! you will obtain: \sdcite{guzman:sd}.
 %
-%\cmditem{footcitet}{key}
+%\cmditem{footcitet}{key} \hfill[\sty{philosophy-classic} and \sty{philosophy-modern} only]
 %
 %\begin{minipage}{.9\textwidth}
-%Same as \cmd{footcite},\footcite[12-13]{corrocher:2009} but with the \cmd{textcite} style.\footcitet[12-13]{corrocher:2009} (defined only for the \sty{classic}\\
-% and \sty{modern} styles).
+%Same as \cmd{footcite},\footcite[12-13]{corrocher:2009} but with the \cmd{textcite} style.\footcitet[12-13]{corrocher:2009}
 %\end{minipage}
 %
-%\cmditem{ccite}{key}
+%\cmditem{ccite}{key}\hfill[\sty{philosophy-verbose} only]
 %
 %The same as  \cmd{cite}, but omits the author's (editor's) name (defined only for the \sty{verbose} style). Here is an example:
 %\begin{latexcode}
@@ -670,7 +833,7 @@
 %
 %
 %
-%\section{Options}\label{sec:options}
+%\section{New options}\label{sec:options}
 %
 %
 %
@@ -681,128 +844,119 @@
 %\begin{valuelist}
 %\item[semicolon] 
 %The ``related'' entry is preceded by a semicolon.
-%			\begin{bibexample}%
-%				Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris,
-%				 Flammarion\emphasize{; trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, Milano, 
-%				 Bompiani 2003}.
-%			\end{bibexample}
+%      \begin{bibexample}%
+%        Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris,
+%         Flammarion\emphasize{; trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, 
+%         Bompiani, 2003}.
+%      \end{bibexample}
 %\item[parens] 
 %Puts the ``related'' entry in parentheses.
-%				\begin{bibexample}%
-%				Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris, 
-%				Flammarion \emphasize{(trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, Milano, 
-%				Bompiani 2003)}.
-%				\end{bibexample}
+%        \begin{bibexample}%
+%        Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris, 
+%        Flammarion \emphasize{(trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, 
+%        Bompiani, 2003)}.
+%        \end{bibexample}
 %\item[brackets] 
 %Same as the previous option but with brackets.
-%				\begin{bibexample}%
-%				Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris, 
-%				Flammarion \emphasize{[trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, Milano, 
-%				Bompiani 2003]}.
-%				\end{bibexample}
+%        \begin{bibexample}%
+%        Poincaré, Jules-Henri (1968), \emph{La science et l'hypothèse}, Paris, 
+%        Flammarion \emphasize{[trad. it. \emph{La scienza e l'ipotesi}, 
+%        Bompiani, 2003]}.
+%        \end{bibexample}
 %\end{valuelist}
 %
-%\boolitem[true]{shorthandintro}
 %
-%		\begin{valuelist}
-%			\item[true] Prints a language-specific expression such as ``hence- forth cited as [<shorthand>]'' to introduce shorthands on the first citation. You can overwrite the default expression using the \bibfield{shorthandintro} field. Note that the alternative expression must include the shorthand.	
-%			\begin{bibexample}
-%			Kant (1968a [\emphasize{henceforth cited as KpV}])
-%			\end{bibexample}
-%
-%			\item[false] Does not print the intro to the shorthand. Obviously, this option requires a list of shorthands (\cmd{printshorthand} command).
-%		\end{valuelist}
-%
-%\boolitem[false]{scauthors}
-%Prints the names (author, editor, etc.) at the beginning of the entry in small caps shape, both in citations and in bibliography.
-%
-%If you want \emph{all} the names (translator, commentator, etc.) in small caps, you have to redefine the \cmd{mkbibname...} commands (see \sty{biblatex} documentation for details).
-%
-%\boolitem[false]{scauthorsbib}
-%Same as the previous, but only for the bibliography.
-%
-%\boolitem[false]{scauthorscite}
-%Same as the previous, but only for the citations.
-%
-%\boolitem[false]{lowscauthors}
-% Prints the initials of the names in lowercase small capitals.
-% For example you will obtain \textsc{donald e. knuth} instead of \textsc{Donald E. Knuth}. If you need the uppercase  for some specific entries use the \cmd{MakeUppercase} command.
-%
 %\optitem[publocyear]{publocformat}{\opt{publocyear}, \opt{locpubyear}, \opt{loccolonpub}}
-%	This option provides three styles for typesetting the ``publisher/location/date'' block. 
-%	It is active also for the related entry (see above) and for the \bibfield{orig-}fields (see section \ref{sec:origfields}).
-%				\begin{valuelist}[2.5cm]
-%				\item[publocyear] Oxford University Press, Oxford 2007
-%						
-%				\item[locpubyear] Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2007
-%						
-%				\item[loccolonpub] Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007 
-%				\end{valuelist}
+%  This option provides three styles for typesetting the ``publisher/location/date'' block. 
+%  It is active also for the related entry and for the \bibfield{orig-}fields (section \ref{sec:origfields}).
+%        \begin{valuelist}
+%        \item[publocyear] Oxford University Press, Oxford 2007
+%            
+%        \item[locpubyear] Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2007
+%            
+%        \item[loccolonpub] Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007 
+%        \end{valuelist}
 %
 %\optitem[plain]{volnumformat}{\opt{strings}, \opt{parens}, \opt{plain}}
 %This option provides three styles for typesetting the ``volume/number'' block in  \bibtype{article} entries.
 %\begin{valuelist}
-%				\item[plain]
-%							\ldots \emph{Journal Title}, 5, 8, \ldots 
-%				\item[strings] 
-%							\ldots \emph{Journal Title}, vol.~5, n.~8, \ldots
-%				\item[parens]
-%							\ldots \emph{Journal Title} (5, 8), \ldots 
-%				\end{valuelist}
-%You can combine this option with \opt{volumeformat} options and re-defining the \cmd{volnumpunct}
-%command you can get other styles (see section \ref{sec:lengths}):\\
-%\vbox{
-%					\begin{bibexample}
-%					\ldots\ \emph{Journal Title}, 5/8, \ldots \\
-%					\ldots\ \emph{Journal Title}, \textsc{V}/8, \ldots \\
-%					\ldots\ \emph{Journal Title} (5/8), \ldots \\
-%					\ldots\ \emph{Journal Title} (\textsc{V}/8), \ldots
-%\end{bibexample}}
+%        \item[plain]
+%              \ldots \emph{Journal Title}, 5, 8, \ldots 
+%        \item[strings] 
+%              \ldots \emph{Journal Title}, vol.~5, n.~8, \ldots
+%        \item[parens]
+%              \ldots \emph{Journal Title} (5, 8), \ldots 
+%        \end{valuelist}
 %
 %\optitem[arabic]{volumeformat}{\opt{arabic}, \opt{roman}, \opt{romansc}, \opt{Roman}}
 %This option provides three styles for typesetting the \bibfield{volume} field:
-%				\begin{valuelist}
-%				\item[arabic]
-%								\ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. 12, \ldots 
-%					\item[roman] 
-%								\ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. xii, \ldots 
-%					\item[romansc]
-%								\ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. \textsc{xii}, \ldots 
-%					\item[Roman]
-%								\ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. XII, \ldots 
-%					\end{valuelist}
+%        \begin{valuelist}
+%        \item[arabic]
+%                \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. 12, \ldots 
+%          \item[roman] 
+%                \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. xii, \ldots 
+%          \item[romansc]
+%                \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. \textsc{xii}, \ldots 
+%          \item[Roman]
+%                \ldots \emph{Book Title}, vol. XII, \ldots 
+%          \end{valuelist}
 %
-%With the command
-%\begin{latexcode}
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{\bibstring{volume}~#1}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%\end{latexcode}
-%you can restore the default format for all but \bibtype{article} entries.
+%^^AWith the command
+%^^A\begin{latexcode}
+%^^A\begin{verbatim}
+%^^A\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{\bibstring{volume}~#1}
+%^^A\end{verbatim}
+%^^A\end{latexcode}
+%^^Ayou can restore the default format for all but \bibtype{article} entries.
 %
 %\optitem[arabic]{editionformat}{\opt{arabic}, \opt{roman}, \opt{romansc}, \opt{Roman}, \opt{superscript}}
 %This option provides three styles for typesetting the \bibfield{edition} field:
-%				\begin{valuelist}
-%				\item[arabic] 
-%							\ldots \emph{Book Title}, 3\textsuperscript{a} ed., \ldots 
-%					\item[roman] 
-%							\ldots \emph{Book Title}, iii ed., \ldots 
-%					\item[romansc] 
-%							\ldots \emph{Book Title}, \textsc{iii} ed., \ldots 
-%					\item[Roman] 
-%							\ldots \emph{Book Title}, III ed., \ldots 
-%					\item[superscript] 
-%							\ldots \emph{Book Title}, Publisher, Location 2010\textsuperscript{3}. Available only for \sty{philosophy-verbose} style. 
-%					\end{valuelist}
+%        \begin{valuelist}
+%        \item[arabic] 
+%              \ldots \emph{Book Title}, 3\textsuperscript{a} ed., \ldots 
+%          \item[roman] 
+%              \ldots \emph{Book Title}, iii ed., \ldots 
+%          \item[romansc] 
+%              \ldots \emph{Book Title}, \textsc{iii} ed., \ldots 
+%          \item[Roman] 
+%              \ldots \emph{Book Title}, III ed., \ldots 
+%          \item[superscript] [only for \sty{philosophy-verbose}]\\
+%              \ldots \emph{Book Title}, Publisher, Location 2010\textsuperscript{3}. 
+%          \end{valuelist}
 %
+%\optitem[false]{scauthors}{\opt{cite}, \opt{bib}, \opt{all}, \opt{false}}
+% Prints the names (author, editor, etc.) at the beginning of the entry in small caps shape.
+% If you want \emph{all} the names (translator, commentator, etc.) in small caps, 
+% you have to redefine the \cmd{mkbibname*} commands (see \sty{biblatex} documentation for details).
+%        \begin{valuelist}
+%        \item[all] Small caps both in citations and in bibliography.
+%        \item[bib] Small caps only for the bibliography.
+%        \item[cite] Small caps only for the citations.
+%        \item[false] No small caps.
+%        \end{valuelist}
+%
+%\boolitem[false]{lowscauthors}
+% Prints the initials of the names in lowercase small capitals.
+% For example you will obtain \textsc{donald e. knuth} instead of \textsc{Donald E. Knuth}. 
+%
+%\boolitem[true]{shorthandintro}
+%
+%Prints a language-specific expression such as ``hence-forth cited as \meta{shorthand}'' to introduce shorthands on the first citation. 
+%      \begin{bibexample}
+%      Kant (1968a \emphasize{[henceforth cited as KpV]})
+%      \end{bibexample}
+%You can overwrite the default expression using the \bibfield{shorthandintro}. Note that the alternative expression must include the shorthand.
+% Obviously, if you do not use an intro to the shorthands
+% you will need a list of shorthands (\cmd{printshorthand} command).
+%
 %\boolitem[false]{inbeforejournal}
 %Prints the string ``in'' before the \bibfield{journaltitle} in the  \bibtype{article} entries.
 %
 %\boolitem[false]{annotation}
-%Shows the \bibfield{annotation} field, only in the bibliography (see also section \ref{sec:annotated-entries}). 
+%Shows the \bibfield{annotation} field, only in the bibliography% (see also section \ref{sec:newfields}). 
 %
 %\boolitem[true]{library}
-%Shows the \bibfield{library} field, both in the bibliography and in the citations (see also section \ref{sec:annotated-entries}). 
+%Shows the \bibfield{library} field, both in the bibliography and in the citations% (see also section \ref{sec:newfields}). 
 %
 %\boolitem[false]{classical}
 %
@@ -816,9 +970,9 @@
 %
 %
 %
-%\subsubsection[\sty{philosophy-classic} and 
-%	\sty{philosophy-modern}]{\sty{philosophy-classic} and 
-%	\sty{philosophy-modern}}\label{sec:options-classic-modern}
+%\subsubsection[For \sty{classic} and 
+%  \sty{modern}]{Options for \sty{philosophy-classic} and 
+%  \sty{philosophy-modern}}\label{sec:options-classic-modern}
 %
 %
 %
@@ -845,11 +999,11 @@
 %\printbibliography[restoreclassic]
 %\end{verbatim}
 %\end{latexcode}
-%It restores the \sty{classic} style in a document typeset using  the  \sty{modern} style. It is useful to compose a ``Web List'' like that at the end of this document (active only for the  \sty{philosophy-modern}). 
+%It restores the \sty{classic} style in a document typeset using  the  \sty{modern} style. It is useful to compose a ``Web List'' like that at the end of this document (active only for    \sty{philosophy-modern}). 
 %
 % \end{optionlist}
 %
-%\subsubsection{\sty{philosophy-verbose}}\label{sec:options-verbose}
+%\subsubsection[Options for \sty{verbose}]{Options for \sty{philosophy-verbose}}\label{sec:options-verbose}
 %
 % \begin{optionlist}
 %\boolitem[false]{latinemph}
@@ -858,18 +1012,16 @@
 %
 %\boolitem[false]{commacit}
 %Adds a comma at the end of the \bibfield{shorttitle} field when this is followed by the string \emph{cit.}: 
-%``Descartes, \emph{Discours de la méthode}, cit. ''.
+%``Descartes, \emph{Discours de la méthode}\emphasize{,} cit.''.
 %\end{optionlist}
 %
-%	
+%  
 %
 %
-%\section{Customizations}
-%
-% \subsection{Fonts}\label{sec:fonts}
-%
-%\begin{ltxsyntax}[1cm]
-% \setlength{\labelwidth}{1cm}
+%\section{Customizations}\label{sec:customization}
+% Here we introduce the new commands and lenghts provided by \sty{biblatex-philosophy}. The \sty{biblatex} package offers other commands, lenghts and options to modify many aspects of citations and bibliography. See the \sty{biblatex} documentation for details.
+%\subsection{Fonts and punctuation}
+%\begin{ltxsyntax}
 %\cmditem{annotationfont}{code}\hfill default: \cmd{footnotesize}
 %
 %The font of the \bibfield{annotation} field. It can be redefined with:
@@ -890,10 +1042,7 @@
 %\end{latexcode}
 %\end{ltxsyntax}
 %
-% \subsection{Punctuation}\label{sec:punctuation}
-%
-%\begin{ltxsyntax}[1cm]
-% \setlength{\labelwidth}{1cm}
+%\begin{ltxsyntax}
 %\cmditem{volnumpunct}{code}\hfill default: \cmd{addcomma}\cmd{space}
 % 
 %The separator between \bibfield{volume} and \bibfield{number} in \bibtype{article} entries.
@@ -903,7 +1052,14 @@
 %\renewcommand*{\volnumpunct}{/}
 %\end{verbatim}
 %\end{latexcode}
-%
+%Combining this with the \opt{volnumformat} and \opt{volumeformat} options 
+% you can get other styles for volume and number. For example:\\
+%  \begin{bibexample}
+%  \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title}, 5/8, \ldots \\
+%  \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title}, \textsc{V}/8, \ldots \\
+%  \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title} (5/8), \ldots \\
+%  \ldots\ \emph{Journal Title} (\textsc{V}/8), \ldots
+%  \end{bibexample}
 %\end{ltxsyntax}
 %
 %
@@ -910,9 +1066,8 @@
 %\subsection{Lengths}\label{sec:lengths}
 %
 %
-%The new lengths described in this section are defined only for the \sty{modern} style. For the other customizable lengths see the \sty{biblatex} documentation \parencite{lehman:biblatex}.
+% These lengths are (re)defined only for the \sty{modern} style. It  introduces two new lengths: 
 %
-%\setlength{\labelwidth}{4cm}
 %\begin{ltxsyntax}
 %\lenitem{postnamesep}  
 %
@@ -923,7 +1078,7 @@
 %The space between year and title. 
 %\end{ltxsyntax}
 %
-%The \sty{modern} style redefines also the following \sty{biblatex} lengths:
+%It also redefines the following \sty{biblatex} lengths:
 %\begin{ltxsyntax}
 %\lenitem{bibnamesep} The vertical space between two blocks of authors.
 %\lenitem{bibitemsep} The vertical space between the individual entries in the bibliography.
@@ -932,7 +1087,8 @@
 %
 %\end{ltxsyntax}
 %
-%These are the default values for the lengths used by the \sty{modern} style:
+%These are the default values for the lengths used by the \sty{modern} style.
+% You can change them according to your specific needs.
 %\begin{latexcode}
 %\begin{verbatim}
 %\setlength{\yeartitle}{0.8em}
@@ -942,30 +1098,30 @@
 %\setlength{\bibhang}{4\parindent}
 %\end{verbatim}
 %\end{latexcode}
-%If you want to change them past these codes in the preamble of your document and modify the values according to your needs.
-%	
+%  
 %
 %\subsection[Languages]{Using the styles with other languages}\label{sec:languages}
 %
-% The languages currently supported by this package  are Italian, English and Spanish. 
+% The languages currently supported by this package  are Italian, English and Spanish. In order to use the styles with different languages, you have first of all to declare the new \opt{opcited} string introduced by \sty{biblatex-philosophy}. You can then test the styles and if the default strings provided in the localization module does not match your needs you can re-define them. 
 %
-%In order to use the styles with different languages, you have to define in the preamble of your document all the string not defined in the localization file of the language loaded. This is a sample code for using the styles in german documents:
+%Here is a sample code for using the styles in German documents. Note that we first declare the new string \opt{opcited}, then we define it and inherit the German default strings from \file{german.lbx}. The other strings (\opt{translationas}, \opt{ibidem}, \opt{loccit}, \dots) may be re-defined if the default ones are not satisfying. For example you may prefer ``deut. \"Ubers'' to the default ``\"Ubers unter dem Titel''.
 %\begin{latexcode}
 %\begin{verbatim}
-%\NewBibliographyString{edorig,cit}
+%\NewBibliographyString{opcited}
 %\DefineBibliographyStrings{german}{%
-%	  inherit       = {german},
-%	  translationas = {deut\adddotspace \"Ubers\adddot},
-%	  edorig        = {...},
-%	  cit           = {...},
-%	  reviewof      = {...}}
+%  inherit       = {german},
+%  opcited       = {op\adddotspace cit\adddot},
+%  translationas = {deut\adddotspace \"Ubers\adddot},% re-defined string
+%  ...other strings...
+%}
 %\end{verbatim}
 %\end{latexcode}
-% Another approach is to use the \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} command. See the documentation of the \sty{biblatex} package for details.
+% Another approach is to use the \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} command. See the documentation of the \sty{biblatex} package for details \parencite{lehman:biblatex}.
 %
 % \subsection{Date and page ranges}
 %
 % These style redefines the \cmd{bibrangedash} and \cmd{bibdatedash} commands in order to get a simple hyphen (-) instead of an en dash (--) in the page and date ranges. If you prefer the en dash use the following code:
+%\begin{latexcode}
 %\begin{verbatim}
 %\DefineBibliographyExtras{<language>}{%
 %  \protected\def\bibrangedash{%
@@ -972,16 +1128,14 @@
 %    \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}%
 %  \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}}%
 %\end{verbatim}
+%\end{latexcode}
 % For a consistent result you probably have to do this for all the languages loaded by \sty{babel} or \sty{polyglossia}.
 % 
 
 %\section{Backward compatibility}
 %
+%Previous versions of the styles provided a different mechanism to manage entries comprising both the original publication data and the translation data. This feature is now deprecated and it is still supported only for backward compatibility. This mechanism uses some special fields and provides specific options.
 %
-%
-%This section explain a different mechanism (now deprecated) to manage
-%entries comprising both the original publication data and the translation data. This mechanism uses some special fields.
-%
 %\subsection{Deprecated fields}\label{sec:origfields}
 %
 %The following fields can hold the translation or the original edition data. They are precede by the string ``trans.'' or ``orig. ed.'', respectively according to the \opt{origfields=trans} (default)  or \opt{origfields=origed} option (see below). Note that the \bibfield{origdate/transdate} field is needed in order to print these fields. Contrarily they will be ignored.
@@ -1023,9 +1177,9 @@
 %
 % The field is printed after the \bibfield{origtitle/transtitle}.
 %^^A\vbox{
-%^^A		\begin{bibexample}
-%^^A		 Moore, George Edward (1903), «The refutation of idealism», \emph{Mind}, N.S., 12 (mag. 1903), p. 433-453; trad. it. «La confutazione dell'idealismo», in \emphasize{\emph{Il Neoempirismo}}, a cura di Alberto Pasquinelli, UTET, Torino 1969, p. 35-61.
-%^^A		\end{bibexample}}
+%^^A    \begin{bibexample}
+%^^A     Moore, George Edward (1903), «The refutation of idealism», \emph{Mind}, N.S., 12 (mag. 1903), p. 433-453; trad. it. «La confutazione dell'idealismo», in \emphasize{\emph{Il Neoempirismo}}, a cura di Alberto Pasquinelli, UTET, Torino 1969, p. 35-61.
+%^^A    \end{bibexample}}
 %
 %\fielditem{userb}{literal}\mbox{}\\[-9ex] 
 %\fielditem{orignote}{literal}\mbox{}\\[-9ex]
@@ -1032,10 +1186,10 @@
 %\fielditem{transnote}{literal} 
 %
 %This field is printed after the \bibfield{origtitle/transtitle}. It is meat for secondary informations about the translation/original edition, such as the name of editors, translators, etc.:
-%^^A		\begin{bibexample}
-%^^A			 Mach, E. (1883), \emph{Die Mechanik in ihrer Entwickelung historisch-kritisch dargestellt}; trad. it. \emph{La meccanica nel suo sviluppo storico-critico}, \emphasize{traduzione, introduzione e note di Alfonsina D'Elia}, Bollati Boringhieri, Torino 1977.
-%^^A		\end{bibexample}
-%		
+%^^A    \begin{bibexample}
+%^^A       Mach, E. (1883), \emph{Die Mechanik in ihrer Entwickelung historisch-kritisch dargestellt}; trad. it. \emph{La meccanica nel suo sviluppo storico-critico}, \emphasize{traduzione, introduzione e note di Alfonsina D'Elia}, Bollati Boringhieri, Torino 1977.
+%^^A    \end{bibexample}
+%    
 %\fielditem{userc}{literal}\mbox{}\\[-9ex]
 %\fielditem{origpages}{literal}\mbox{}\\[-9ex]
 %\fielditem{transpages}{literal}
@@ -1049,7 +1203,6 @@
 %\subsection{Deprecated options}
 %
 %\begin{optionlist}
-% \setlength{\labelwidth}{2.5cm}%
 %\optitem[trans]{origfields}{\opt{trans}, \opt{none}, \opt{edorig}}
 %\begin{valuelist}
 %\item[true] Prints the \bibfield{orig-} fields.
@@ -1059,7 +1212,7 @@
 %
 %\boolitem[true]{origed}
 %
-%Same as the previous but can be set on a per-entry basis in the \opt{options} field. \parencite[see][]{Lobacevskij:1994}.
+%Same as the previous but can be set on a per-entry basis in the \opt{options} field.
 %
 %\optitem[semicolon]{origfieldsformat}{\opt{semicolon}, \opt{parens}, \opt{brackets}}
 % Deprecated. Use the \opt{relatedformat} option instead.
@@ -1071,6 +1224,10 @@
 %\item[brackets] 
 %Same as the previous option but with brackets instead of parentheses.
 %\end{valuelist}
+%\boolitem[false]{scauthorsbib}
+%Same as \opt{scauthors=bib}
+%\boolitem[false]{scauthorscite}
+%Same as \opt{scauthors=cite}
 %\end{optionlist}
 %
 %
@@ -1078,12 +1235,13 @@
 %``\texttt{texm-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-philosophy}'' directory 
 %of your \TeX Live installation.}
 % \defbibnote{restoreclassic}{\sffamily\small The bibliography style of the document is  \sty{philosophy-modern}, but in this list of references we use  \sty{philosophy-classic} through the \opt{restoreclassic} option. This is particularly useful for typesetting Web lists which.}
-% \defbibnote{weblist}{\sffamily\small Here we have a list of Web sites typeset with the \sty{philosophy-classic} style through the \opt{restoreclassic} option.}
-%\printbibliography[keyword=primaria,restoreclassic,prenote=restoreclassic]
-%\printbibliography[title=Examples,nottype=online]
+% \defbibnote{weblist}{\sffamily\small Here we have a list of Web sites typeset in the \sty{classic} style through the \opt{restoreclassic} option.}
+%\defbibnote{examples}{\sffamily\small This bibliography is typeset in the \sty{modern} style. Note that the previous and the following lists of references are typeset in the \sty{classic} style throught the \opt{restoreclassic} option}
+%\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc,keyword=primaria,restoreclassic,prenote=restoreclassic]
+%\printbibliography[heading=subbibintoc,title=Examples,nottype=online,prenote=examples]
 %
 %\nocite{ctan,guit:sito}
-%\printbibliography[title=Web List,keyword=web,type=online,restoreclassic,prenote=weblist]
+%\printbibliography[heading=subbibintoc,title=Web List,keyword=web,type=online,restoreclassic,prenote=weblist]
 %
 %
 % \StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex}
@@ -1091,6 +1249,7 @@
 % \section{The Code}
 %
 % \subsection{\file{philosophy-standard.bbx}}
+% \subsubsection{Initial settings}
 %
 % \iffalse
 %<*standard-bbx>
@@ -1097,14 +1256,13 @@
 % \fi
 %
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\optionerror#1{%
-	\ClassError{biblatex-philosophy}
-	{\MessageBreak**** Unknown value for '#1' option}
-	{\MessageBreak**** Unknown value for '#1' option}
-}
-
 \RequireBiber[3]
 \RequireBibliographyStyle{standard}
+
+\def\optionerror#1{%
+  \ClassError{biblatex-philosophy}
+  {\MessageBreak**** Unknown value for '#1' option}
+  {\MessageBreak**** Unknown value for '#1' option}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Load the localization modules:
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1112,25 +1270,18 @@
 \DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{english-philosophy}
 \DeclareLanguageMapping{spanish}{spanish-philosophy}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{Global options}
+% \paragraph{Boolean options}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newtoggle{bbx:annotation}
 \newtoggle{bbx:library}
-\newtoggle{bbx:scauthors}
-\newtoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}
 \newtoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal}
 \newtoggle{bbx:classical}
 \newtoggle{bbx:lowscauthors}
 \newtoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}
-
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{annotation}[true]{%
   \settoggle{bbx:annotation}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{library}[true]{%
   \settoggle{bbx:library}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthors}[true]{%
-  \settoggle{bbx:scauthors}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorsbib}[true]{%
-  \settoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{inbeforejournal}[true]{%
   \settoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{classical}[true]{%
@@ -1139,14 +1290,18 @@
   \settoggle{bbx:lowscauthors}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandintro}[true]{%
   \settoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}{#1}}
-  
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \paragraph{Multi-value options}
+% The new \opt{scauthors} option is now multi-value and defaults to \opt{all}. 
+% So \opt{scauthors=all} is the same of \opt{scauthors}. In this way this option
+% works exactly like the old \opt{scauthors} boolean option.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand{\bbx at publocformat}{}
 \newcommand{\bbx at volnumformat}{}
 \newcommand{\bbx at relatedformat}{}
-\newcommand{\bbx at origfields}{}
 \newcommand{\bbx at editionformat}{}
 \newcommand{\bbx at volumeformat}{}
-
+\newcommand{\bbx at scauthors}{}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{publocformat}[publocyear]{%
   \renewcommand{\bbx at publocformat}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{volnumformat}[plain]{%
@@ -1161,29 +1316,42 @@
   \renewcommand{\bbx at editionformat}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{volumeformat}[arabic]{%
   \renewcommand{\bbx at volumeformat}{#1}}
-
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthors}[all]{%
+  \renewcommand{\bbx at scauthors}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% These options are defined for backwards compatibility. The \opt{origed} is now useless and it is substituted by the `related' mechanism. The \opt{scauthorscite} and \opt{scauthorsbib} are substituted by \opt{scauthors=cite} and \opt{scauthors=bib}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\bbx at origfields}{}
 \DeclareEntryOption{origed}[true]{%
   \renewcommand{\bbx at origfields}{origed}}
-
+\newtoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}
+\newtoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorsbib}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{#1}}
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorscite}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Execute default options. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
-  lowscauthors     = false, 
+%  lowscauthors     = false, 
+%  annotation       = false, 
+%  scauthorsbib     = false,
+%  scauthorscite    = false,
+%  inbeforejournal  = false,
+%  classical        = false,
   publocformat     = publocyear,  
-  annotation       = false, 
-  library          = true,
-  scauthors        = false,
-  scauthorsbib     = false,
   origfieldsformat = semicolon,
-  inbeforejournal  = false,
   volnumformat     = plain,
   editionformat    = arabic,
   volumeformat     = arabic,
-  classical        = false,
+  shorthandintro   = true,
+  library          = true,
   useprefix        = true,
   maxcitenames     = 2,
   mincitenames     = 1,
   maxbibnames      = 999,
-  minbibnames      = 999,
-  shorthandintro = true}
+  minbibnames      = 999}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Changing the penalty of the urls will prevent 
 % many overfull boxes. 
@@ -1197,58 +1365,42 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcounter{maxnamesincross}
 \newcounter{minnamesincross}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{Name format}
-%    \begin{macrocode}  
 \AtBeginDocument{%
+\ifdefstring{\bbx at scauthors}{all}
+{%
+  \toggletrue{bbx:scauthorsbib}%
+  \toggletrue{cbx:scauthorscite}%
+}%
+{}%
+\ifdefstring{\bbx at scauthors}{bib}
+{%
+  \toggletrue{bbx:scauthorsbib}%
+}%
+{}%
+\ifdefstring{\bbx at scauthors}{cite}
+{%
+  \toggletrue{cbx:scauthorscite}%
+}%
+{}%
 \iftoggle{bbx:lowscauthors}%
   {\newrobustcmd*{\mkbibsc}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}}%
   {\newrobustcmd*{\mkbibsc}[1]{\textsc{#1}}}%
-\iftoggle{bbx:scauthors}{%
-  \toggletrue{bbx:scauthorsbib}%
-  \toggletrue{cbx:scauthorscite}}%
-{}}
-\AtBeginBibliography{%
-\iftoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{%
-\DeclareNameFormat{sortname}{%
-   \let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameaffix\mkbibsc%
-  \nameparts{#1}%
-  \ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{1}
-    {\ifgiveninits
-       {\usebibmacro{name:family-given}
-         {\namepartfamily}
-         {\namepartgiveni}
-         {\namepartprefix}
-         {\namepartsuffix}}
-       {\usebibmacro{name:family-given}
-         {\namepartfamily}
-         {\namepartgiven}
-         {\namepartprefix}
-         {\namepartsuffix}}%
-     \ifboolexpe{%
-       test {\ifdefvoid\namepartgiven}
-       and
-       test {\ifdefvoid\namepartprefix}}
-       {}
-       {\usebibmacro{name:revsdelim}}}
-    {\ifgiveninits
-       {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
-         {\namepartfamily}
-         {\namepartgiveni}
-         {\namepartprefix}
-         {\namepartsuffix}}
-       {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
-         {\namepartfamily}
-         {\namepartgiven}
-         {\namepartprefix}
-         {\namepartsuffix}}}%
-  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}%
-  {}}%
+%\iftoggle{bbx:scauthors}{%
+%  \toggletrue{bbx:scauthorsbib}%
+%  \toggletrue{cbx:scauthorscite}}%
+%{}
+}
+\AtBeginBibliography{\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}}%
+%  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefamily}[1]{\iftoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
+%  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnamegiven}[1]{\iftoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
+%  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnameprefix}[1]{\iftoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
+%  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnamesuffix}[1]{\iftoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{New internal commands}
+%
+% \subsubsection{New commands}
+%
+% We redefine some internal commands and define the new \cmd{volnumpunct} command to separate
+% volume and number in \bibtype{article} entries. 
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addcomma\space}
 \renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{\addperiod\space}
@@ -1256,57 +1408,119 @@
 \renewcommand*{\relatedpunct}{\addsemicolon\space}
 \newcommand*{\volnumpunct}{\addcomma\space}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% We have to define a new internal command
+% We define a new internal command
 % in order to get pure parenthese for some specific fields
 % when using the \opt{square} option:
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newrobustcmd*{\mkpureparens}[1]{%
   \begingroup
-  \blx at blxinit
-  \blx at setsfcodes
-  \blx at postpunct(#1\blx at postpunct)\midsentence%
+    \blx at blxinit
+    \blx at setsfcodes
+    \blx at postpunct(#1\blx at postpunct)\midsentence%
   \endgroup}
 \newrobustcmd*{\mkpurebrackets}[1]{%
-	\begingroup
-	\blx at blxinit
-	\blx at setsfcodes
-	\blx at postpunct[#1\blx at postpunct]\midsentence%
-	\endgroup}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \paragraph{Indexing}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewbibmacro*{citeindex}{%
-\ifciteindex{\indexnames{labelname}}{}}%
-\renewbibmacro*{bibindex}{%
-\ifbibindex{\indexnames{author}%
-\indexnames{editor}%
-\indexnames{editora}%
-\indexnames{editorb}%
-\indexnames{editorc}}%
-{}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \paragraph{Font selection}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \begingroup
+    \blx at blxinit
+    \blx at setsfcodes
+    \blx at postpunct[#1\blx at postpunct]\midsentence%
+  \endgroup}
 \newcommand*{\annotationfont}{\footnotesize}
 \newcommand*{\libraryfont}{}
 \newcommand*{\editionfont}{%
-    \ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{Roman}
-      {\uppercase}%
-      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{romansc}
-      {\scshape}%
-      {\relax}}%
-      }%
+  \ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{Roman}
+    {\uppercase}%
+    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{romansc}
+    {\scshape}%
+    {\relax}}}%
 \newrobustcmd*{\edfnt}[1]{%
   \begingroup
-  \expandafter\editionfont
+  \expandafter\editionfont%
   \expandafter{\romannumeral#1}%
   \endgroup}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{Fields formats}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Names format}
+%
+% The \cmd{renewcommands*}s are declared inside \texttt{sortname} 
+% because the \opt{scauthors=bib} option has to be active only for the
+% names at the beginning of the entry.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareNameFormat{sortname}{%
+  \iftoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{%
+    \let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
+    \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
+    \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
+    \let\mkbibnamesuffix\mkbibsc}{}%
+  \nameparts{#1}%
+  \ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{1}
+  {\ifgiveninits
+    {\usebibmacro{name:family-given}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiveni}
+      {\namepartprefix}
+      {\namepartsuffix}}
+    {\usebibmacro{name:family-given}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiven}
+      {\namepartprefix}
+      {\namepartsuffix}}%
+    \ifboolexpe{%
+      test {\ifdefvoid\namepartgiven}
+      and
+      test {\ifdefvoid\namepartprefix}}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{name:revsdelim}}}
+  {\ifgiveninits
+    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiveni}
+      {\namepartprefix}
+      {\namepartsuffix}}
+    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiven}
+      {\namepartprefix}
+      {\namepartsuffix}}}%
+  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \texttt{labelname} format is redefined in order to have also the name hyperlinked
+% through the \cmd{bibhyperref} command. This should be omitted for \sty{philosophy-verbose} but
+% it is introduced for consistency.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{%
+  \nameparts{#1}%
+  \bibhyperref{\ifcase\value{uniquename}%
+    \usebibmacro{name:family}
+    {\namepartfamily}
+    {\namepartgiven}
+    {\namepartprefix}
+    {\namepartsuffix}%
+    \or
+    \ifuseprefix
+    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiveni}
+      {\namepartprefix}
+      {\namepartsuffixi}}
+    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiveni}
+      {\namepartprefixi}
+      {\namepartsuffixi}}%
+    \or
+    \usebibmacro{name:given-family}
+    {\namepartfamily}
+    {\namepartgiven}
+    {\namepartprefix}
+    {\namepartsuffix}%
+    \fi
+    \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsubsection{Fields format}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook,thesis]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
-\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{title}{\bibcpstring{reviewof}\addspace#1}
-\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{citetitle}{\bibcpstring{reviewof}\addspace#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{title}{\bibcplstring{reviewof}\addspace#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{citetitle}{\bibcplstring{reviewof}\addspace#1}
 \DeclareFieldFormat[inreference,article]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook,thesis]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat{origtitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
@@ -1321,30 +1535,6 @@
 \DeclareFieldFormat{pureparens}{\mkpureparens{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat{editortype}{\mkpureparens{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat{backrefparens}{\mkpureparens{#1}}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{%
-  \bibstring{volume}~%
-  \ifinteger{#1}{%
-  \ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{arabic}%
-    {#1}%
-    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{Roman}%
-       {\RN{#1}}%
-       {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{romansc}%
-         {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}}%
-         {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{roman}%
-           {\Rn{#1}}{\optionerror{volumeformat}}}}}}{#1}}
-\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{volume}{%
-\ifdefstring{\bbx at volnumformat}{strings}
-  {\bibstring{volume}~}%
-  {}%
-  \ifinteger{#1}{%
-  \ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{arabic}%
-    {#1}%
-    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{Roman}%
-       {\RN{#1}}%
-       {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{romansc}%
-         {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}}%
-         {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{roman}%
-           {\Rn{#1}}{\optionerror{volumeformat}}}}}}{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat*{number}{%
   \ifdefstring{\bbx at volnumformat}{strings}{%
     \bibstring{number}~#1}{#1}}
@@ -1368,147 +1558,56 @@
     available only for philosophy-verbose style}
     {\MessageBreak**** Option 'editionformat=superscript' 
     available only for philosophy-verbose style}}{}}}}}}{#1}}%\isdot??
+\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{%
+  \bibstring{volume}~%
+    \ifinteger{#1}{%
+      \ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{arabic}%
+      {#1}%
+      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{Roman}%
+        {\RN{#1}}%
+        {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{romansc}%
+          {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}}%
+          {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{roman}%
+            {\Rn{#1}}%
+            {\optionerror{volumeformat}}}}}}{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{volume}{%
+  \ifdefstring{\bbx at volnumformat}{strings}
+    {\bibstring{volume}~}%
+    {}%
+      \ifinteger{#1}{%
+        \ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{arabic}%
+         {#1}%
+         {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{Roman}%
+           {\RN{#1}}%
+           {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{romansc}%
+             {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}}%
+             {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{roman}%
+               {\Rn{#1}}x%
+               {\optionerror{volumeformat}}}}}}{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat{related}{%
   \ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{parens}%
-  {\mkpureparens{#1}}%
-  {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}%
-  {\mkpurebrackets{#1}}%
-  {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{semicolon}%
-    {#1}{\optionerror{relatedformat}}}}}%
+    {\mkpureparens{#1}}%
+    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}%
+      {\mkpurebrackets{#1}}%
+      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{semicolon}%
+        {#1}%
+        {\optionerror{relatedformat}}}}}%
 \DeclareFieldAlias{related:origpubin}{related}
 \DeclareFieldAlias{related:origpubas}{related}
 \DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:default}{#1\addspace}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{The \opt{orig-} macros (deprecated)}
-% These macros are provided for backward compatibility.
-% The new \opt{related} field mechanism now directly support
-% also this feature.
+% \subsubsection{New macros}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\newbibmacro*{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}{%
-\ifdefstring{\bbx at publocformat}{loccolonpub}
-{\usebibmacro{origloccolonpub}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
-     \printfield{userc}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx at publocformat}{locpubyear}
-{\usebibmacro{origlocpubyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
-     \printfield{userc}}
-{\usebibmacro{origpublocyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
-     \printfield{userc}}}}
-     
-\newbibmacro*{origpublocyear}{%
-\iflistundef{origpublisher}%
-{\printlist{origlocation}%
-\setunit*{\addspace}%
-   \printorigdate}%
-{\printlist{origpublisher}%
-     \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
-\printlist{origlocation}%
-\setunit*{\addspace}%
-   \printorigdate}%
-  \newunit}
+\renewbibmacro*{citeindex}{%
+  \ifciteindex{\indexnames{labelname}}{}}%
+\renewbibmacro*{bibindex}{%
+  \ifbibindex{\indexnames{author}%
+    \indexnames{editor}%
+    \indexnames{editora}%
+    \indexnames{editorb}%
+    \indexnames{editorc}}%
+  {}}%
   
-\newbibmacro*{origloccolonpub}{%
-\iflistundef{origlocation}{}%
-  {\printlist{origlocation}}%
-  \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
-     {\setunit*{\addspace}%
-\printorigdate}%
-     {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}%
-  \printlist{origpublisher}%
-  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
-  \printorigdate}%
-  \newunit}
-  
-\newbibmacro*{origlocpubyear}{%
-\iflistundef{origlocation}{}%
-  {\printlist{origlocation}}%
-  \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
-     {\setunit*{\addspace}%
-\printorigdate}%
-     {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
-  \printlist{origpublisher}%
-  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
-  \printorigdate}%
-  \newunit}
-
-\newbibmacro*{reprinttitle}{%
-  \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}{}{%
-   \iffieldsequal{reprinttitle}{title}{}{%
-        \printfield[title]{reprinttitle}%
-      \setunit{\addcomma\space}}}%
-\iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
-        \printfield{userb}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{transorigstring}{%
-\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
-{\printtext{\ifdefstring{\bbx at origfields}{origed}
-{\bibstring{origed}}%
-{\bibstring{translationas}}}\nopunct}%
-{\printtext{\bibstring{reprint}}}\nopunct}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origtitle:book}{%
-  \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{
-        \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}%
-      \setunit{\addcomma\space}}
-\iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
-        \printfield{userb}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:book}{%
-\usebibmacro{transorigstring}%
-\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
-{\usebibmacro{origtitle:book}}%
-{\usebibmacro{reprinttitle}}%
-\newunit\newblock
-   \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origdata:book}{%
-  \ifboolexpr{%
-    test {\iffieldundef{origtitle}}
-    and
-    test {\iffieldundef{origlocation}}
-    and
-    test {\iffieldundef{origpublisher}}
-    and
-    test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}
-  }%
-  {}%
-      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{parens}
-    {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}
-    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}
-        {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}
-        {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}%
-            \printtext{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}{%
-  \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{%
-        \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}%
-\setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
-\iffieldundef{usera}{}{%
-\usebibmacro{in:}%
-\printfield{usera}%
-             \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
-\iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
-        \printfield{userb}%
-       \newunit}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}{%
-        \usebibmacro{transorigstring}%
-        \setunit{\addspace}%
-        \usebibmacro{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}%
-        \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origdata:article-inbook}{%
-    \iflistundef{origlocation}{}{%
-        \ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{parens}
-          {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{%
-          \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}%
-             {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}
-                {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{%
-            \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}%
-        {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}%
-     \printtext{%
-  \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{New macros}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
 \renewbibmacro*{addendum+pubstate}{%
   \printfield{addendum}%
   \newunit\newblock
@@ -1558,7 +1657,7 @@
 
 \renewbibmacro*{periodical}{%
   \iffieldundef{title}
-    {}
+    {}%
     {\printtext[title]{%
        \printfield[titlecase]{title}%
        \midsentence%
@@ -1569,7 +1668,7 @@
   \usebibmacro{journal}%
   \setunit*{\addspace}%
   \iffieldundef{series}
-    {}
+    {}%
     {\newunit%
      \printfield{series}\setunit{\addspace}\midsentence}%
      \newunit%
@@ -1584,7 +1683,7 @@
   \usebibmacro{periodical}%
   \setunit*{\addspace}%
   \iffieldundef{series}
-    {}
+    {}%
     {\newunit
      \printfield{series}%
      \setunit{\addspace}\midsentence}%
@@ -1618,7 +1717,7 @@
        \usebibmacro{date}}}%
   \newunit}
 
-\renewbibmacro*{event+venue+date}{%v0.8
+\renewbibmacro*{event+venue+date}{%
   \printfield{eventtitle}%
   \ifboolexpr{%
     test {\iffieldundef{venue}}
@@ -1680,8 +1779,8 @@
     {\setunit{\addperiod\space}%
     \printtext[backrefparens]{%
        \ifnumgreater{\value{pageref}}{1}
-         {\bibstring{backrefpages}\ppspace}%
- {\bibstring{backrefpage}\ppspace}%
+         {\bibcpstring{backrefpages}\ppspace}%
+ {\bibcpstring{backrefpage}\ppspace}%
        \printlist[pageref][-\value{listtotal}]{pageref}\adddot}\nopunct}}%
 
 \renewbibmacro*{finentry}{%
@@ -1773,7 +1872,7 @@
   \usebibmacro{commarelateddate}%
   \newunit}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{The \bibfield{related} field mechanism}
+% \subsubsection{Related entries}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newbibmacro*{relateddate}{%
   \setunit*{\addspace}%
@@ -1808,16 +1907,16 @@
   {}%
   {}%
 \renewbibmacro*{related:default}[1]{%
-	\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
-	\togglefalse{bbx:annotation}%
-	\ifboolexpr{
-		test {\iffieldundef{relatedtype}}
-		and
-		test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}
-	}
-	{\printtext{\bibstring{translationas}}}{}%
-	\printtext{\addspace}%
-	\relatedcite{\thefield{related}}}
+%  \togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
+    \togglefalse{bbx:annotation}%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+      test {\iffieldundef{relatedtype}}
+      and
+      test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}
+  }
+  {\printtext{\bibstring{translationas}}}{}%
+    \printtext{\addspace}%
+    \relatedcite{\thefield{related}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % We redefine the \texttt{begrelatedloop} macro to avoid nested parentheses in cascading related entries:
 %    \begin{macrocode}               
@@ -1829,12 +1928,141 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newbibmacro*{phil:related}{%
   \iftoggle{bbx:related}
-    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{semicolon}%
-	  {\setunit{\relatedpunct}}%
-	    {\setunit{\addspace}}%
-  \usebibmacro{related:init}%
-  \usebibmacro{related}}{}}
+    {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{multivolume}%
+      {\setunit{\addperiod}}%
+      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{semicolon}%
+        {\setunit{\relatedpunct}}%
+        {\setunit{\addspace}}}%
+    \usebibmacro{related:init}%
+    \usebibmacro{related}}{}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
+% \paragraph{Backward compatibility}
+% The \opt{orig*} macros are deprecated. The same feature is now 
+% supported using the \opt{related} field. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbibmacro*{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}{%
+  \ifdefstring{\bbx at publocformat}{loccolonpub}
+    {\usebibmacro{origloccolonpub}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
+    \printfield{userc}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx at publocformat}{locpubyear}
+    {\usebibmacro{origlocpubyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
+    \printfield{userc}}
+    {\usebibmacro{origpublocyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
+    \printfield{userc}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origpublocyear}{%
+  \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
+  {\printlist{origlocation}%
+    \setunit*{\addspace}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  {\printlist{origpublisher}%
+    \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+    \printlist{origlocation}%
+    \setunit*{\addspace}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origloccolonpub}{%
+  \iflistundef{origlocation}{}%
+  {\printlist{origlocation}}%
+  \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
+  {\setunit*{\addspace}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}%
+    \printlist{origpublisher}%
+    \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origlocpubyear}{%
+  \iflistundef{origlocation}{}%
+  {\printlist{origlocation}}%
+  \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
+  {\setunit*{\addspace}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+    \printlist{origpublisher}%
+    \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{reprinttitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}{}{%
+    \iffieldsequal{reprinttitle}{title}{}{%
+      \printfield[title]{reprinttitle}%
+      \setunit{\addcomma\space}}}%
+  \iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
+    \printfield{userb}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{transorigstring}{%
+  \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
+  {\printtext{\ifdefstring{\bbx at origfields}{origed}
+      {\bibstring{origpubas}}%
+      {\bibstring{translationas}}}\nopunct}%
+  {\printtext{\bibstring{reprint}}}\nopunct}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origtitle:book}{%
+  \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{
+    \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}%
+    \setunit{\addcomma\space}}
+  \iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
+    \printfield{userb}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:book}{%
+  \usebibmacro{transorigstring}%
+  \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
+  {\usebibmacro{origtitle:book}}%
+  {\usebibmacro{reprinttitle}}%
+  \newunit\newblock
+  \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origdata:book}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{%
+    test {\iffieldundef{origtitle}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{origlocation}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{origpublisher}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}
+  }%
+  {}%
+  {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{parens}
+    {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}
+    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}
+      {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}
+      {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}%
+        \printtext{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}{%
+  \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{%
+    \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}%
+    \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
+  \iffieldundef{usera}{}{%
+    \usebibmacro{in:}%
+    \printfield{usera}%
+    \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
+  \iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
+    \printfield{userb}%
+    \newunit}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}{%
+  \usebibmacro{transorigstring}%
+  \setunit{\addspace}%
+  \usebibmacro{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}%
+  \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origdata:article-inbook}{%
+  \iflistundef{origlocation}{}{%
+    \ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{parens}
+    {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{%
+        \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}%
+    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}
+      {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{%
+          \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}%
+      {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}%
+        \printtext{%
+          \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
 % \subsubsection{Bibliography drivers}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
  \DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%
@@ -1916,7 +2144,7 @@
   \newunit\newblock
   \usebibmacro{pageref}%
   \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-	
+  
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{booklet}{%
   \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
   \usebibmacro{begentry}%
@@ -1995,7 +2223,7 @@
   \usebibmacro{finentry}}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{%
-\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
+%\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
   \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
   \usebibmacro{begentry}%
   \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
@@ -2054,7 +2282,7 @@
   \usebibmacro{finentry}}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{%
-\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
+%\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
   \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
   \usebibmacro{begentry}%
   \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
@@ -2111,7 +2339,7 @@
   \usebibmacro{finentry}}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{%
-\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
+%\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
   \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
   \usebibmacro{begentry}%
   \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
@@ -2486,13 +2714,13 @@
   \usebibmacro{finentry}}
   
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{%
-	\savefield{annotation}{\@phil at nnote}%
-	\clearfield{annotation}%
-	\entryset{}{}%
-	\newunit\newblock
-	\restorefield{annotation}{\@phil at nnote}%
-	\usebibmacro{pageref}%
-	\usebibmacro{finentry}}
+  \savefield{annotation}{\@phil at nnote}%
+  \clearfield{annotation}%
+  \entryset{}{}%
+  \newunit\newblock
+  \restorefield{annotation}{\@phil at nnote}%
+  \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
 
 % reset order name/surname in the inbook:full entries
 \renewbibmacro*{bybookauthor}{%
@@ -2571,7 +2799,7 @@
   \iffieldundef{bookpagination}{#1}{\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{title}{%
  \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{international}{\emph{#1}}{#1}}
-\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{notacomm}{nt\adddotspace#1}   %    \end{macrocode}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{notacomm}{nt\adddotspace#1}%    \end{macrocode}
 % A new macro to manage authors of \bibtype{jurisdiction} entries.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newbibmacro*{juris:author}{%
@@ -2592,7 +2820,7 @@
      \iffieldundef{authortype}
        {}
        {\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
-	\usebibmacro{authorstrg}}}
+  \usebibmacro{authorstrg}}}
     {}%
 \iffieldequalstr{type}{conclusions}{%
     \setunit{\addspace}%
@@ -2635,9 +2863,9 @@
   \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}%
   \newunit\newblock
 \printtext{%
-	 \printfield{labelyear}%
-	 \printfield{extrayear}}
-	   \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+   \printfield{labelyear}%
+   \printfield{extrayear}}
+     \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
   \newunit\newblock
   \printfield{edition}%
   \newunit
@@ -2855,7 +3083,7 @@
       {\printtext[parens]{\printdateextra}}%
        \endgroup}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \paragraph{Authors and editors}
+% \paragraph{New macros}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \renewbibmacro*{author}{%
   \ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2905,7 +3133,7 @@
      \setunit*{\addspace}}%
   \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{Internal commands for crossreferences}
+% \subsubsection{Crossreferences}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx at crossref@inbook}%
   {}%
@@ -2939,9 +3167,6 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \define at key{blx at bib1}{restoreclassic}[]{}
 \define at key{blx at bib2}{restoreclassic}[true]{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection[The \opt{nodate} option]{The \opt{nodate} option for \cmd{printbibliography}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
 \define at key{blx at bib1}{nodate}[]{}%
 \define at key{blx at bib2}{nodate}[true]{%
   \ifstrequal{#1}{false}{%
@@ -2969,9 +3194,7 @@
   \settoggle{bbx:yearleft}{#1}}
 \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
   yearleft=false}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{New lengths}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
+
 \newlength{\yeartitle}
 \newlength{\postnamesep}
 \setlength{\yeartitle}{0.8em}
@@ -2984,9 +3207,7 @@
 \iftoggle{bbx:yearleft}{%
 \setlength{\yeartitle}{\fill}}%
 {}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{New commands}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
+
 \newcommand{\postsep}{\par\nobreak\vskip\postnamesep%
   \hskip-\bibhang\ignorespaces}
 \renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{}
@@ -3070,7 +3291,7 @@
     \clearname{editor}%
     \printtext{\addcomma\space}}{}}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{Internal commands for crossreferences}
+% \subsubsection{Crossreferences}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx at crossref@inbook}%
   {}%
@@ -3110,8 +3331,8 @@
       {\iftoggle{bbx:nodate}{\printtext[parens]{%
         \midsentence\bibstring{nodate}}}{}}%
       {\printtext[parens]{%
-	 \printfield{labelyear}%
-	 \printfield{extrayear}}}%
+   \printfield{labelyear}%
+   \printfield{extrayear}}}%
        \endgroup}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \subsubsection{The \opt{restoreclassic} option}
@@ -3205,20 +3426,6 @@
 \RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle}
 \RequireBibliographyStyle{philosophy-standard}
 
-\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{%
-  \ifinteger{#1}{%
-    \ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{arabic}
-      {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}
-      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{Roman}%
-        {\RN{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}%
-        {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{romansc}%
-          {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}~\bibstring{edition}}%
-          {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{roman}%
-            {\Rn{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}
-            {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{superscript}%
-            {\mkbibsuperscript{#1}}%
-            {\optionerror{editionformat}}}}}}}{#1}}%\isdot??
-
 \AtBeginShorthands{%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % The annotation field is omitted in the list of shorthands:
@@ -3239,12 +3446,25 @@
   {}%
   {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
     {\usebibmacro{incollection:full}}%
-    {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}%
+    {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}%  
   {}%
   {}%
-}  
+}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{%
+  \ifinteger{#1}{%
+    \ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{arabic}
+    {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}
+    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{Roman}%
+      {\RN{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}%
+      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{romansc}%
+        {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}~\bibstring{edition}}%
+        {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{roman}%
+          {\Rn{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}
+          {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{superscript}%
+            {\mkbibsuperscript{#1}}%
+            {\optionerror{editionformat}}}}}}}{#1}}%\isdot??  
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \paragraph{Authors and editors}
+% \subsubsection{New macros}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \renewbibmacro*{author}{%
   \ifboolexpr{%
@@ -3282,7 +3502,7 @@
      \clearname{editor}}%
     {\global\undef\bbx at lasthash}}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{Internal commands for crossreferences}
+% \subsubsection{Crossreferences}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newbibmacro*{nodash:author}{%
   \ifboolexpr{%
@@ -3333,7 +3553,9 @@
 \renewbibmacro*{commarelateddate}{%
   \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
   \printdate\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{superscript}{\printfield{edition}}{}}
-    
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsubsection{Bibliography drivers}
+%    \begin{macrocode}    
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%
   \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
   \usebibmacro{begentry}%
@@ -3642,7 +3864,7 @@
     \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}%
       \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
    {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}%
-       \bibstring{cited}}}%
+       \bibstring{opcit}}}%
     {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}%
     \usebibmacro{usedriver:book}}}%
   {}%
@@ -3659,7 +3881,7 @@
     \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}%
        \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
     {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}%
-        \bibstring{cited}}}%
+        \bibstring{opcit}}}%
     {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}%
     \usebibmacro{usedriver:collection}}}%
   {}%
@@ -3669,6 +3891,214 @@
 %</verbose-bbx>
 % \fi
 %
+%
+% \subsection{\file{philosophy-verbose.cbx}}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*verbose-cbx>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsubsection{Initial settings}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequireCitationStyle{verbose-trad2}
+
+\newtoggle{cbx:latinemph}
+\newtoggle{cbx:commacit}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{latinemph}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{cbx:latinemph}{#1}}
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{commacit}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{cbx:commacit}{#1}}
+
+\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
+  idemtracker=false,
+  loccittracker=strict,
+  latinemph=false,
+  commacit=false}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Redefine \cmd{mkibid} for every citations when using
+% the \opt{latinemph} option:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\iftoggle{cbx:latinemph}{\emph}{}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \bibfield{annotation} field is omitted in every citations:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEveryCite{%
+  \togglefalse{bbx:annotation}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \paragraph{Name formats}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefamily}[1]{%
+    \iffootnote{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}{#1}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnamegiven}[1]{%
+    \iffootnote{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}{#1}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnameprefix}[1]{%
+    \iffootnote{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}{#1}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnamesuffix}[1]{%
+    \iffootnote{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}{#1}}%
+  \renewbibmacro*{name:andothers}{%
+    \ifboolexpr{%
+      test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+      and
+      test \ifmorenames
+    }%
+    {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}%
+      {\finalandcomma}%
+      {}%
+      \andothersdelim\bibstring[\mkibid]{andothers}}%
+    {}}%
+  \renewbibmacro*{list:andothers}{%
+    \ifboolexpr{%
+      test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+      and
+      test \ifmoreitems
+    }%
+    {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}%
+      {\finalandcomma}%
+      {}%
+      \andmoredelim\bibstring[\mkibid]{andmore}}%
+    {}}%
+%\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{%
+%\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{%
+%\iffootnote{%
+%   \let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
+%   \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
+%   \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
+%   \let\mkbibnamesuffix\mkbibsc}{}%
+%  \nameparts{#1}%
+%  \ifcase\value{uniquename}%
+%    \usebibmacro{name:family}%
+%      {\namepartfamily}%
+%      {\namepartgiven}%
+%      {\namepartprefix}%
+%      {\namepartsuffix}%
+%  \or
+%    \ifuseprefix
+%      {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
+%        {\namepartfamily}%
+%        {\namepartgiveni}%
+%        {\namepartprefix}%
+%        {\namepartsuffixi}}%
+%      {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
+%        {\namepartfamily}%
+%        {\namepartgiveni}%
+%        {\namepartprefixi}%
+%        {\namepartsuffixi}}%
+%  \or
+%    \usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
+%      {\namepartfamily}%
+%      {\namepartgiven}%
+%      {\namepartprefix}%
+%      {\namepartsuffix}%
+%  \fi
+%  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}%
+%  }{}
+}%
+%\DeclareNameFormat{scdefault}{%
+%\iffootnote{%
+%   \let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
+%   \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
+%   \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
+%   \let\mkbibnamesuffix\mkbibsc}{}%
+%  \nameparts{#1}%
+%  \ifgiveninits
+%    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
+%      {\namepartfamily}%
+%      {\namepartgiveni}%
+%      {\namepartprefix}%
+%      {\namepartsuffix}}%
+%    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
+%      {\namepartfamily}%
+%      {\namepartgiven}%
+%      {\namepartprefix}%
+%      {\namepartsuffix}}%
+%  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsubsection{New macros}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbibmacro*{cite:opcit}{%
+  \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{opcited}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:loccit}{%
+  \printtext{%
+    \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx at lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{%
+      \bibstring[\mkibid]{loccit}}}%
+  \global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{%
+  \ifloccit
+  {\usebibmacro{cite:loccit}}{%
+    \printtext{%
+      \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx at lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{%
+        \bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{cite:title}{%
+  \ifsingletitle{\usebibmacro{cite:opcit}}{%
+    \printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+      \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}%
+      \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
+      {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}}%
+    \bibstring{opcit}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{cite:full}{%
+  \iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}{%
+    \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}%
+    \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}%
+    \printtext[bibhypertarget]{%
+      \usedriver
+%      {\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{%
+%      \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{scdefault}}%
+%      {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}}%
+      {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}%
+      {\thefield{entrytype}}}%
+    \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}%
+  {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}
+
+
+\renewbibmacro*{cite:idem}{%
+  \iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{%
+    \bibstring[\mkbibsc]{idem\thefield{gender}}}{%
+    \bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}}%
+  \setunit{\nametitledelim}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{ccite:cite}{%
+  \usebibmacro{related:clearauthors}%
+  \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}%
+  \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}%
+  \global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}%
+  \bibhypertarget{cite\the\value{instcount}}{%
+    \ifciteseen
+    {\iffieldundef{shorthand}
+      {\usebibmacro{cite:title}%
+        \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+      {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}
+    {\usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+      \usebibmacro{cite:save}}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsubsection{Citation commands}
+%    \begin{macrocode}       
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\ccite}
+{\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
+{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{ccite:cite}}
+{\multicitedelim}
+{\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite}
+{\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+{\usedriver
+%     {\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}%
+%       {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{scdefault}}%
+%       {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}}%
+  {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}%
+  {\thefield{entrytype}}}
+{\multicitedelim}
+{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</verbose-cbx>
+% \fi
+%
 % \subsection{\file{philosophy-classic.cbx}}
 %
 % \iffalse
@@ -3680,59 +4110,31 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \RequireCitationStyle{authoryear-comp}
 
-\newtoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorscite}[true]{%
-  \settoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{#1}}
-
 \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
-  scauthorscite = false,
   citetracker = true,
 }
 
 \AtEveryCite{%
-  \iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}%
-   {\let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
-    \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
-    \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameaffix\mkbibsc}%
-   {}}%
+\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefamily}[1]{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
+\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamegiven}[1]{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
+\renewcommand*{\mkbibnameprefix}[1]{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
+\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamesuffix}[1]{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%  
+}
+%\AtEveryCite{%
+%  \iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}%
+%   {\let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
+%    \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
+%    \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
+%   \let\mkbibnamesuffix\mkbibsc}%
+%   {}}%
 
-\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{%
-  \nameparts{#1}%
-\bibhyperref{\ifcase\value{uniquename}%
-    \usebibmacro{name:family}
-      {\namepartfamily}
-      {\namepartgiven}
-      {\namepartprefix}
-      {\namepartsuffix}%
-  \or
-    \ifuseprefix
-      {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
-        {\namepartfamily}
-        {\namepartgiveni}
-        {\namepartprefix}
-        {\namepartsuffixi}}
-      {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
-        {\namepartfamily}
-        {\namepartgiveni}
-        {\namepartprefixi}
-        {\namepartsuffixi}}%
-  \or
-    \usebibmacro{name:given-family}
-      {\namepartfamily}
-      {\namepartgiven}
-      {\namepartprefix}
-      {\namepartsuffix}%
-  \fi
-  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}
-
 \newcommand{\switchclass}[2]{%
   \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classic}%
     {\usebibmacro{#1}}%
     {\usebibmacro{#2}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{Author-title macros}
+% \subsubsection{New macros}
+% \paragraph{Author-title macros}
 % Import the \texttt{:AT} macros from the \file{authortitle-comp.cbx} file.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newbibmacro*{cite:init:AT}{%
@@ -3773,8 +4175,8 @@
        {}%
        {\printnames{labelname}%
         \setunit{%
-	  \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
-	  \addspace\bibopenparen}}%
+    \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
+    \addspace\bibopenparen}}%
      \savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}%
   \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}
     {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
@@ -3806,15 +4208,15 @@
     {\setunit{}%
      \printtext{%
        \ifbool{cbx:parens}
-	 {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
-	 {}}}
+   {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
+   {}}}
     {\setunit{%
        \ifbool{cbx:parens}
-	 {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
-	 {}%
+   {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
+   {}%
        \multicitedelim}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{Author-year macros}
+% \paragraph{Author-year macros}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newbibmacro*{cite:init:AY}{%
   \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2}
@@ -3824,7 +4226,7 @@
     {\iffieldundef{prenote}
        {}
        {\global\undef\cbx at lasthash
-	\global\undef\cbx at lastyear}}}
+  \global\undef\cbx at lastyear}}}
 
 \newbibmacro*{cite:reinit:AY}{%
   \global\undef\cbx at lasthash
@@ -3923,12 +4325,12 @@
     {\setunit{}%
      \printtext{%
        \ifbool{cbx:parens}
-	 {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
-	 {}}}
+   {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
+   {}}}
     {\setunit{%
        \ifbool{cbx:parens}
-	 {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
-	 {}%
+   {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
+   {}%
        \multicitedelim}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % The \texttt{cite:shorthand} is the same for both
@@ -4071,211 +4473,15 @@
 %</modern-cbx>
 % \fi
 %
-% \subsection{\file{philosophy-verbose.cbx}}
 %
-% \iffalse
-%<*verbose-cbx>
-% \fi
-%
-% \subsubsection{Initial settings}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequireCitationStyle{verbose-trad2}
-
-\newtoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}
-\newtoggle{cbx:latinemph}
-\newtoggle{cbx:commacit}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorscite}[true]{%
-  \settoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{latinemph}[true]{%
-  \settoggle{cbx:latinemph}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{commacit}[true]{%
-  \settoggle{cbx:commacit}{#1}}
-
-\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
-  idemtracker=false,
-  loccittracker=strict,
-  scauthorscite=false,
-  latinemph=false,
-  commacit=false}
-
-\AtEveryCite{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The \bibfield{annotation} field is omitted in every citations:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\togglefalse{bbx:annotation}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Redefine \cmd{mkibid} for every citations when using
-% the \opt{latinemph} option:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\iftoggle{cbx:latinemph}{\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph}}{}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \paragraph{Name formats}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewbibmacro*{name:andothers}{%
-  \ifboolexpr{%
-    test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
-    and
-    test \ifmorenames
-  }%
-    {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}%
-       {\finalandcomma}%
-       {}%
-     \andothersdelim\bibstring[\mkibid]{andothers}}%
-    {}}%
-\renewbibmacro*{list:andothers}{%
-  \ifboolexpr{%
-    test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
-    and
-    test \ifmoreitems
-  }%
-    {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}%
-       {\finalandcomma}%
-       {}%
-     \andmoredelim\bibstring[\mkibid]{andmore}}%
-    {}}%
-\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{%
-\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{%
-\iffootnote{%
-   \let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameaffix\mkbibsc}{}%
-  \nameparts{#1}%
-  \ifcase\value{uniquename}%
-    \usebibmacro{name:family}%
-      {\namepartfamily}%
-      {\namepartgiven}%
-      {\namepartprefix}%
-      {\namepartsuffix}%
-  \or
-    \ifuseprefix
-      {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
-        {\namepartfamily}%
-        {\namepartgiveni}%
-        {\namepartprefix}%
-        {\namepartsuffixi}}%
-      {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
-        {\namepartfamily}%
-        {\namepartgiveni}%
-        {\namepartprefixi}%
-        {\namepartsuffixi}}%
-  \or
-    \usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
-      {\namepartfamily}%
-      {\namepartgiven}%
-      {\namepartprefix}%
-      {\namepartsuffix}%
-  \fi
-  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}%
-  }{}}%
-\DeclareNameFormat{scdefault}{%
-\iffootnote{%
-   \let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameaffix\mkbibsc}{}%
-  \nameparts{#1}%
-  \ifgiveninits
-    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
-      {\namepartfamily}%
-      {\namepartgiveni}%
-      {\namepartprefix}%
-      {\namepartsuffix}}%
-    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
-      {\namepartfamily}%
-      {\namepartgiven}%
-      {\namepartprefix}%
-      {\namepartsuffix}}%
-  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{New macros}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newbibmacro*{cite:opcit}{%
-  \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{opcit}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:loccit}{%
-  \printtext{%
-    \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx at lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{%
-      \bibstring[\mkibid]{loccit}}}%
-  \global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{%
- \ifloccit
-   {\usebibmacro{cite:loccit}}{%
-  \printtext{%
-    \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx at lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{%
-      \bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}}}%
-
-\renewbibmacro*{cite:title}{%OK
- \ifsingletitle{\usebibmacro{cite:opcit}}{%
-  \printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
-    \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}%
-    \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
-    {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}}%
-      \bibstring{cited}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{cite:full}{%OK
- \iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}{%
-  \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}%
-  \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}%
-  \printtext[bibhypertarget]{%
-    \usedriver
-      {\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{%
-      \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{scdefault}}%
-      {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}}%
-      {\thefield{entrytype}}}%
-  \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}%
-  {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}
-  
-  
-\renewbibmacro*{cite:idem}{%
-\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{%
-  \bibstring[\mkbibsc]{idem\thefield{gender}}}{%
-  \bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}}%
-  \setunit{\nametitledelim}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{ccite:cite}{%
-\usebibmacro{related:clearauthors}%
-  \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}%
-  \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}%
-  \global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}%
-  \bibhypertarget{cite\the\value{instcount}}{%
-    \ifciteseen
-      {\iffieldundef{shorthand}
-         {\usebibmacro{cite:title}%
-	  \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
-         {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}
-      {\usebibmacro{cite:full}%
-       \usebibmacro{cite:save}}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \subsubsection{Citation commands}
-%    \begin{macrocode}       
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\ccite}
-{\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
-{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
-   \usebibmacro{ccite:cite}}
-{\multicitedelim}
-{\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite}
-  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
-  {\usedriver
-     {\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}%
-       {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{scdefault}}%
-       {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}}%
-     {\thefield{entrytype}}}
-  {\multicitedelim}
-  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \iffalse
-%</verbose-cbx>
-% \fi
-%
 % \subsection{\file{italian-philosophy.lbx}}
 %
 % \iffalse
 %<*italian-lbx>
 % \fi
+% The custom localization module of these style inherits the standard \file{italian.lbx} module. There is only one new string: \texttt{opcited}. 
+% The other strings are redefined according to the particular features of the style.       
+%
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \InheritBibliographyExtras{italian}
 
@@ -4283,38 +4489,106 @@
 \protected\def\bibrangedash{%
     -\penalty\hyphenpenalty}%
   \protected\def\bibdatedash{\textendash}}%
-
-\NewBibliographyString{origed,cited}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \texttt{opcit} string used by the \sty{verbose-trad2} style works like the Italian `cit.' and it is already defined in the \file{italian.lbx} file with ``cit.'. The string ``cit.' is added to a truncated entry (usually after the short title) to mark that it has been previously cited. Additionally in the Italian bibliographies there is also the special string ``op. cit.'' which stands for ``the only entry'' of an author. For example, if ``Eco, \emph{Il nome della rosa}'' is the only entry of Eco cited in the paper, from the second occurence it will be abbreviated with ``Eco, \emph{op. cit.}''. So we need a new string, \texttt{opcited}, in order to get ``op. cit.'' for these cases:
+%    \begin{macrocode}  
+\NewBibliographyString{opcited}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First of all we inherit the italian localization module and then we define the new string \texttt{opcited} and the other strings as well.
+%    \begin{macrocode}       
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%   
   inherit            =  {italian},
-  cited              =  {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}},
-  origed             =  {{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}},
-  nodate             =  {{senza data}{s\adddotspace d\adddot}},
-  opcit              =  {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}},
+  opcited            =  {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}},
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Redefined strings:
+%    \begin{macrocode}       
   ibidem             =  {{ivi}{ivi}},
   loccit             =  {{ibidem}{ibidem}},
   editor             =  {{a cura di}{a cura di}},
   editors            =  {{a cura di}{a cura di}},
-  reviewof           =  {{recensione di}{recensione di}},
-  byreviser          =  {{revisione di}{revisione di}},
-  backrefpage        =  {{Citato a pagina}{Citato a \bibsstring{page}\adddot}},
-  backrefpages       =  {{Citato alle pagine}{Citato alle \bibsstring{pages}\adddot}},  
+  backrefpage        =  {{citato a pagina}{citato a \bibsstring{page}\adddot}},
+  backrefpages       =  {{citato alle pagine}{citato alle \bibsstring{pages}\adddot}},  
+  nodate             =  {{senza data}{s\adddot d\adddot}},
+  volumes            =  {{volumi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{voll\adddot}{vol\adddot}}},
   pages              =  {{pagine}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{pp\adddot}{p\adddot}}},
   columns            =  {{colonne}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{coll\adddot}{col\adddot}}},
   lines              =  {{righe}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{rr\adddot}{r\adddot}}},
   verses             =  {{versi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{vv\adddot}{v\adddot}}}, 
+  paragraphs         =  {{paragrafi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{parr\adddot}{par\adddot}}},
   section            =  {{sezione}{sez\adddot}},
   sections           =  {{sezioni}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{sezz\adddot}{sez\adddot}}},
-  paragraphs         =  {{paragrafi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{parr\adddot}{par\adddot}}},
-  volumes            =  {{volumi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{voll\adddot}{vol\adddot}}},
   withcommentator    =  {{commenti di}{commenti di}},
   withannotator      =  {{annotazioni di}{annotazioni di}},
   withintroduction   =  {{introduzione di}{introduzione di}},
   withforeword       =  {{prefazione di}{prefazione di}},
   withafterword      =  {{postfazione di}{postfazione di}},
-  translationof      =  {{traduzione di}{trad\adddotspace di}},
-  translationas      =  {{traduzione italiana}{trad\adddotspace it\adddot}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The followings strings are not yet defined in \file{italian.lbx} file:
+%    \begin{macrocode}       
+ origpubas          =  {{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}},
+ bypublisher        =  {{\addcomma\space}{\addcomma\space}},
+ astitle            =  {{come}{come}}, 
+ reviewof           =  {{recensione di}{rec\adddotspace di}},
+ byreviser          =  {{revisione di}{rev\adddotspace di}},
+ translationof      =  {{traduzione di}{trad\adddotspace di}},
+ translationas      =  {{traduzione italiana}{trad\adddotspace it\adddot}}
+ reviser            = {{revisore}{rev\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ revisers           = {{revisori}{rev\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ founder            = {{fondatore}{fond\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ founders           = {{fondatori}{fond\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ continuator        = {{continuatore}{cont\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ continuators       = {{continuatori}{cont\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+%byreviser        = {{rivisto da}{riv\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ byreviewer       = {{recensito da}{rec\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ byfounder        = {{fondato da}{fond\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing
+ bycontinuator    = {{continuato da}{cont\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ bycollaborator   = {{in collaborazione con}{in coll\adddotspace con}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ book             = {{libro}{lib\adddot}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ part             = {{parte}{pt\adddot}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ issue            = {{uscita}{uscita}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ reprintas        = {{ristampato come}{rist\adddotspace come}},% FIXME: missing
+ reprintfrom      = {{ristampato da}{rist\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing
+% translationof    = {{traduzione di}{trad\adddotspace di}},% FIXME: missing
+% translationas    = {{tradotto come}{trad\adddotspace come}},% FIXME: missing
+ translationfrom  = {{tradotto da}{trad\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing
+% reviewof         = {{recensione di}{rec\adddotspace di}},% FIXME: missing
+% origpubas        = {{edizione originale}{ed\adddotspace orig\adddotspace}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ origpubin        = {{originalmente pubblicato in}{orig\adddotspace pub\adddotspace in}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+% astitle          = {{come}{come}},% FIXME: missing
+% bypublisher      = {{publicato da}{pubb\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+% section          = {{sezione}{\S}},% FIXME: missing
+% sections         = {{sezioni}{\S\S}},% FIXME: missing
+ candthesis       = {{candidato}{cand\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ software         = {{software}{software}},% FIXME: missing
+ datacd           = {{CD-ROM}{CD-ROM}},% FIXME: missing
+ audiocd          = {{audio CD}{audio CD}},% FIXME: missing
+ urlfrom          = {{disponibile su}{disponibile su}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ inpreparation    = {{in preparazione}{in preparazione}},% FIXME: missing
+% submitted        = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ forthcoming      = {{in uscita}{in uscita}},% FIXME: missing
+ prepublished     = {{pre-pubblicato}{pre-pubblicato}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ thiscite         = {{specialmente}{spec\adddot}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ langcatalan      = {{catalano}{catalano}},% FIXME: missing
+ langcroatian     = {{croato}{croato}},% FIXME: missing
+ langczech        = {{ceco}{ceco}},% FIXME: missing
+ langestonian     = {{estone}{estone}},% FIXME: missing
+ langfinnish      = {{finnico}{finnico}},% FIXME: missing
+ langpolish       = {{polacco}{polacco}},% FIXME: missing
+ langrussian      = {{russo}{russo}},% FIXME: missing
+ langslovene      = {{sloveno}{sloveno}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromcatalan      = {{dal catalano}{dal catalano}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromcroatian     = {{dal croato}{dal croato}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromczech        = {{dal ceco}{dal ceco}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromestonian     = {{dall'estone}{dall'estone}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromfinnish      = {{dal finnico}{dal finnico}},% FIXME: missing
+ frompolish       = {{dal polacco}{dal polacco}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromrussian      = {{dal russo}{dal russo}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromslovene      = {{dallo sloveno}{dallo sloveno}},% FIXME: missing
+ circa            = {{circa}{ca\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ spring           = {{primavera}{prim\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ summer           = {{estate}{est\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ autumn           = {{autunno}{aut\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ winter           = {{inverno}{inv\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \iffalse
@@ -4334,21 +4608,26 @@
     -\penalty\hyphenpenalty}%
   \protected\def\bibdatedash{\textendash}}%
 
-\NewBibliographyString{cited,origed}
+\NewBibliographyString{opcited}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
   inherit            =  {english},
-  origed             =  {{orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}{orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}},
-  cited              =  {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}},
-  nodate             =  {{no date}{n\adddot d\adddot}},
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% New string:
+%    \begin{macrocode}     
+  opcited             =  {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}},
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Redefined strings:
+%    \begin{macrocode}     
+  opcit              =  {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}},
   ibidem             =  {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}},
   loccit             =  {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}},
-  editor             =  {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
-  editors            =  {{eds\adddot}{eds\adddot}},
-  reviewof           =  {{Review of}{Review of}},
   translationas      =  {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}},
-  backrefpage        =  {{cited on  page}{cited on  p\adddot}},
-  backrefpages       =  {{cited on  pages}{cited on  pp\adddot}}
+  withcommentator    =  {{commentary by}{comment\adddot\ by}},
+  withannotator      =  {{annotations by}{annots\adddot\ by}},
+  withintroduction   =  {{introduction by}{intro\adddot\ by}},
+  withforeword       =  {{foreword by}{forew\adddot\ by}},
+  withafterword      =  {{afterword by}{afterw\adddot\ by}}
   }
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \iffalse
@@ -4370,13 +4649,18 @@
     -\penalty\hyphenpenalty}%
   \protected\def\bibdatedash{\textendash}}%
 
-\NewBibliographyString{origed,cited}
+\NewBibliographyString{opcited}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
   inherit            =  {spanish},
-  origed             =  {{edici\'{o}n original}{ed\adddot orig\adddot}},
-  cited              =  {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}},
-  opcit              =  {{op\adddot cit\adddot}{op\adddot cit\adddot}},
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% New string:
+%    \begin{macrocode}     
+  opcited            = {{\'{o}p\adddotspace cit\adddot}{\'{o}p\adddot cit\adddot}},
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Redefined strings:
+%    \begin{macrocode}    
+  opcit              =  {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}},
   ibidem             =  {{ivi}{ivi}},
   loccit             =  {{ibidem}{ibidem}},
   langspanish        =  {{espa\~{n}ol}{es\adddot}}, 
@@ -4383,9 +4667,9 @@
   editor             =  {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
   editors            =  {{ed\adddot}{eds\adddot}},
   byreviser          =  {{revisi\'{o}n de}{rev\adddotspace de}},
-  reviewof           =  {{Rese\~{n}a de}{Rese\~{n}a de}},%%FIXME: Maiuscola iniziale?
-  backrefpage        =  {{Citado en la p\'{a}gina}{Citado en la \bibstring{page}\adddot}},%%FIXME: Maiuscola iniziale?
-  backrefpages       =  {{Citado en las p\'{a}ginas}{Citado en las \bibstring{pages}\adddot}},%%FIXME: Maiuscola iniziale?
+  reviewof           =  {{rese\~{n}a de}{rese\~{n}a de}},%%FIXME
+  backrefpage        =  {{citado en la p\'{a}gina}{citado en la \bibsstring{page}\adddot}},%%FIXME
+  backrefpages       =  {{citado en las p\'{a}ginas}{citado en las \bibsstring{pages}\adddot}},%%FIXME
   pages              =  {{p\'aginas}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{p\'ags\adddot}{p\'ag\adddot}}}, 
   columns            =  {{columnas}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{cols\adddot}{col\adddot}}},
   lines              =  {{l\'ineas}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{ll\adddot}{l\adddot}}},
@@ -4398,6 +4682,7 @@
   withafterword      =  {{postfacio de}{postfacio de}},
   translationof      =  {{traducci\'{o}n al espa\~{n}ol de}{trad\adddotspace de}},
   translationas      =  {{traducido al espa\~{n}ol como}{trad\adddotspace es\adddot}},
+  origpubas          =  {{edici\'{o}n original}{ed\adddot orig\adddot}},  
   section            =  {{secci\'{o}n}{sec\adddot}},
   sections           =  {{secciones}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{secs\adddot}{sec\adddot}}}
 }
@@ -4408,25 +4693,10 @@
 % \iffalse
 %<*bib>
 
- at INCOLLECTION{corrocher:2009,
-  author = {Roberto Corrocher},
-  title = {Riflessioni sull'uomo di fronte a nuove sfide},
-  pages = {27-42},
-  annote = {An \texttt{@incollection} entry. The \texttt{@collection} is automatically
-	printed in the bibliography because another \texttt{@incollection}
-	has been cited},
-  crossref = {Filmed:2009},
-  date-added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100},
-  date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:33:22 +0100},
-  hyphenation = {italian},
-  keywords = {esempio},
-  read = {0}
-}
-
 @INCOLLECTION{Degani:2009,
   author = {Marta Degani and Elisabetta Adami and Anna Belladelli},
   title = {The Use of Modal Verbs in Interpersonal Contexts: From Semantics
-	to Pragmatics},
+  to Pragmatics},
   pages = {13-54},
   crossref = {Facchinetti:2009},
   date-added = {2009-12-15 16:50:20 +0100},
@@ -4446,27 +4716,13 @@
   keywords = {esempio}
 }
 
- at INCOLLECTION{federspil:2009,
-  author = {Giovanni Federspil and Roberto Vettor},
-  title = {Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?},
-  pages = {43-74},
-  annote = {An \texttt{@incollection} entry. The \texttt{@collection} is automatically
-	printed in the bibliography because another \texttt{@incollection}
-	has been cited},
-  crossref = {Filmed:2009},
-  date-added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100},
-  date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:37:35 +0100},
-  hyphenation = {italian},
-  keywords = {esempio}
-}
-
 @INCOLLECTION{Rossitto:1977,
   author = {Cristina Rossitto},
   title = {Opposizione e non contraddizione nella \emph{Metafisica} di Aristotele},
   pages = {43-69},
   annote = {Note that the \texttt{@collection} data (inherited from the \texttt{crossref}
-	field) are printed inside the \texttt{@incollection} entry because
-	this is the the only \texttt{@incollection} cited from that \texttt{@collection}},
+  field) are printed inside the \texttt{@incollection} entry because
+  this is the the only \texttt{@incollection} cited from that \texttt{@collection}},
   crossref = {Berti:1977},
   date-added = {2009-09-29 11:29:32 +0200},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:49:38 +0100},
@@ -4535,9 +4791,14 @@
 }
 
 @ONLINE{clawson:mla,
-  annote = {The biblatex-mla files provide support to biblatex, bibtex, and latex
-	for citations and Works Cited lists in the style established by the
-	Modern Language Association (MLA)},
+  annote = {\texttt{Biblatex-mla} provides support to Biblatex , BibTeX, and LaTeX for citations and Works. Cited lists in the style established by the Modern Language Association (MLA). For commands and options to change package defaults, see § 3.1 and § 3.2, respectively, below. MLA style, a common standard for writers in the humanities, is outlined in the MLA
+    \emph{Style Manual}, in its 3\textsubscript{rd} edition, and the \emph{MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers}, now
+    in its 8\textsubscript{th} edition. \texttt{Biblatex-mla} follows the style outlined in the latter of these. It also
+    follows the logic of the MLA when citing similar material repeatedly, trimming unnecessary
+    information from citations where necessary. \texttt{Biblatex-mla} is compatible with \texttt{Biblatex}’s
+    support for \texttt{hyperref} and \texttt{tex4ht} , and the main word in each citation (either the author’s
+    name, the title, or the page number) serves as a link to the particular entry in the Works
+    Cited.},
   author = {James Clawson},
   date = {2010},
   date-added = {2012-04-18 11:51:47 +0200},
@@ -4600,7 +4861,7 @@
   author = {Frege, Gottlob},
   address = {Hamburg},
   annote = {Note the \texttt{pagination} field, used to change the string preceding
-	the \texttt{postnote} argument of the citation commands},
+  the \texttt{postnote} argument of the citation commands},
   date = {1988},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:40:09 +0100},
   keywords = {esempio},
@@ -4609,8 +4870,14 @@
 }
 
 @ONLINE{glibof:historian,
-  annote = {Historian follows the conventions of The Chicago Manual of Style,
-	as presented in Turabian’s Manual for Writers},
+  annote = {The files \texttt{historian.bbx}, \texttt{historian.cbx}, and \texttt{historian.lbx} im-
+    plement a bibliography and citation style for use with Philipp Lehman’s
+    \texttt{biblatex} package. Historian follows the conventions of \emph{The Chicago
+    Manual of Style}, as presented in Turabian’s \emph{Manual for Writers}. The
+    style is designed for use by historians who need to generate detailed
+    footnotes not only for ordinary books and articles, but also reprint edi-
+    tions, correspondence, archives and archival documents, online sources,
+    book reviews, unpublished manuscripts, and conference presentations.},
   author = {Sander Gliboff},
   date = {2010},
   date-added = {2012-04-18 11:49:37 +0200},
@@ -4618,8 +4885,8 @@
   hyphenation = {english},
   keywords = {primaria},
   subtitle = {A Footnotes-and-Bibliography Style, Following Turabian/Chicago Guidelines:
-	For Use with the Biblatex System of Programmable Bibliographies and
-	Citations},
+  For Use with the Biblatex System of Programmable Bibliographies and
+  Citations},
   title = {User's Guide to \texttt{Historian}},
   url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-historian/historian.pdf},
   version = {0.4}
@@ -4627,14 +4894,14 @@
 
 @BOOK{guzman:sd,
   title = {Problemática logico-lingüística de la comunicacíon social con el
-	pueblo Aymara},
+  pueblo Aymara},
   year = {s.d.},
   author = {Guzmán de Rojas, Iván},
   note = {mimeo},
   addendum = {Con los auspicios del Centro internacional de Investigacíones para
-	el Desarrollo de Canada},
+  el Desarrollo de Canada},
   annote = {A work without a pubblication date. The string \texttt{nodate} (localized)
-	is automatically printed},
+  is automatically printed},
   date-added = {2012-04-17 23:48:05 +0200},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:40:38 +0100},
   keywords = {esempio},
@@ -4647,25 +4914,24 @@
   author = {Martin Heidegger},
   edition = {18},
   annote = {Note the \texttt{library} field, use for some details about the first
-	edition},
+  edition},
   booktitle = {Sein und Zeit},
   date = {2001},
   date-added = {2012-04-15 18:03:59 +0200},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:41:30 +0100},
   keywords = {esempio,volumesingolo},
-  library = {Apparso originariamente nel 1927 nell'annuario diretto da H. Husserl
-	\emph{Jahrbuch für Philosophie und phänomenologische Forschung (vol.
-	VIII)}},
+  library = {Originally published in 1927 on the \emph{Jahrbuch für Philosophie 
+  und phänomenologische Forschung (vol. VIII)}, directed by H. Husserl},
   location = {Tübingen}
 }
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{kant:kpv,
   annotation = {An edition of Kant's \emph{Collected Works}, volume five. This is
-	an \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique
-	of Practical Reason} only, not to the entire fifth volume. Note the
-	\texttt{author} and \texttt{bookauthor} fields in the database file.
-	By default, the \texttt{bookauthor} is omitted if the values of the
-	\texttt{author} and \texttt{bookauthor} fields are identical},
+  an \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique
+  of Practical Reason} only, not to the entire fifth volume. Note the
+  \texttt{author} and \texttt{bookauthor} fields in the database file.
+  By default, the \texttt{bookauthor} is omitted if the values of the
+  \texttt{author} and \texttt{bookauthor} fields are identical},
   author = {Kant, Immanuel},
   bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel},
   booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft},
@@ -4684,23 +4950,10 @@
   volume = {5}
 }
 
- at BOOKINBOOK{kant:kpv:xref,
-  author = {Kant, Immanuel},
-  date = {1968},
-  date-added = {2013-02-25 22:44:19 +0100},
-  date-modified = {2013-03-15 19:27:33 +0100},
-  keywords = {esempio},
-  pages = {1-163},
-  shorttitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft},
-  title = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft},
-  volume = {5},
-  xref = {kant:werke}
-}
-
 @BOOKINBOOK{kant:ku,
   annotation = {An edition of Kant's \emph{Collected Works}, volume five. This is
-	an \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique
-	of Judgment} only, not to the entire fifth volume},
+  an \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique
+  of Judgment} only, not to the entire fifth volume},
   author = {Kant, Immanuel},
   bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel},
   booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft},
@@ -4718,6 +4971,19 @@
   volume = {5}
 }
 
+ at BOOKINBOOK{kant:kpv:xref,
+  author = {Kant, Immanuel},
+  date = {1968},
+  date-added = {2013-02-25 22:44:19 +0100},
+  date-modified = {2013-03-15 19:27:33 +0100},
+  keywords = {esempio},
+  pages = {1-163},
+  shorttitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft},
+  title = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft},
+  volume = {5},
+  xref = {kant:werke}
+}
+
 @BOOKINBOOK{kant:ku:xref,
   author = {Kant, Immanuel},
   date = {1968},
@@ -4749,7 +5015,7 @@
 
 @mvbook{knuth:ct,
   annotation = {A five-volume book cited as a whole. This is a \texttt{book} entry,
-	note the \texttt{volumes} field},
+  note the \texttt{volumes} field},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1984/1986},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -4766,11 +5032,11 @@
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{knuth:ct:a,
   annotation = {The first volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle}
-	and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this volume to be listed after
-	the entry referring to the entire five-volume set. Also note the
-	\texttt{indextitle} and \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields. Indexing
-	packages that don't generate robust index entries require some control
-	sequences to be protected from expansion},
+  and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this volume to be listed after
+  the entry referring to the entire five-volume set. Also note the
+  \texttt{indextitle} and \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields. Indexing
+  packages that don't generate robust index entries require some control
+  sequences to be protected from expansion},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1984},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -4790,8 +5056,8 @@
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{knuth:ct:b,
   annotation = {The second volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle}
-	and \texttt{sortyear} fields. Also note the \texttt{indexsorttitle}
-	field},
+  and \texttt{sortyear} fields. Also note the \texttt{indexsorttitle}
+  field},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1986},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -4810,7 +5076,7 @@
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{knuth:ct:c,
   annotation = {The third volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle}
-	and \texttt{sortyear} fields as well as the \texttt{indextitle} field},
+  and \texttt{sortyear} fields as well as the \texttt{indextitle} field},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1986},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -4829,7 +5095,7 @@
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{knuth:ct:d,
   annotation = {The fourth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle}
-	and \texttt{sortyear} fields},
+  and \texttt{sortyear} fields},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1986},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -4847,7 +5113,7 @@
 
 @BOOKINBOOK{knuth:ct:e,
   annotation = {The fifth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle}
-	and \texttt{sortyear} fields},
+  and \texttt{sortyear} fields},
   author = {Knuth, Donald E.},
   date = {1986},
   date-added = {2013-03-14 10:05:39 +0100},
@@ -4864,7 +5130,7 @@
 
 @mvbook{comenio:oo,
   annote = {This author is known with his Latin name, given in the \texttt{nameaddon}
-	field},
+  field},
   author = {Jan Amos Komensky},
   booktitle = {Opera Omnia},
   date = {1969},
@@ -4877,51 +5143,122 @@
 }
 
 @ONLINE{kime:biber,
+  annotation = {Biber is conceptually a Bib\TeX replacement for Biblatex. It is written in Perl
+    with the aim of providing a customised and sophisticated data preparation backend
+    for Biblatex. You do not need to install Perl to use Biber—binaries are provided
+    for many operating systems via the main \TeX distributions (\TeX Live, Mac\TeX,
+    MiK\TeX) and also via download from SourceForge. Functionally, Biber offers a
+    superset of Bib\TeX’s capabilities but is tightly coupled with Biblatex and cannot
+    be used as a stand-alone tool with standard .bst styles. Biber’s primary role is to
+    support Biblatex by performing the following tasks:
+    Parsing data from datasources; 
+    Processing cross-references, entry sets, related entries; 
+    Generating data for name, name list and name/year disambiguation; 
+    Structural validation according to Biblatex data model; 
+    Sorting reference lists; 
+    Outputting data to a .bbl for Biblatex to consume},
   author = {Philip Kime and François Charette},
   title = {\texttt{biber}},
   subtitle = {A backend bibliography processor for biblatex},
-  date = {2016},
+  date = {2016-05-12},
   hyphenation = {english},
   keywords = {primaria},
   url = {http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net},
-  version = {2.5}
+  version = {2.7}
 }
 
 @ONLINE{lehman:biblatex,
-  annote = {This document is a systematic reference manual for the \texttt{biblatex}
-	package. Look at the sample documents which ship with \texttt{biblatex}
-	to get a first impression.},
+  annote = {This package provides advanced bibliographic facilities for use with LaTeX. The
+    package is a complete reimplementation of the bibliographic facilities provided by
+    LaTeX. The biblatex package works with the “backend” (program) biber, which
+    is used to process BibTeX format data files and them performs all sorting, label
+    generation (and a great deal more). Formatting of the bibliography is entirely con-
+    trolled by TeX macros. Good working knowledge in LaTeX should be sufficient to
+    design new bibliography and citation styles. This package also supports subdivided
+    bibliographies, multiple bibliographies within one document, and separate lists of
+    bibliographic information such as abbreviations of various fields. Bibliographies may
+    be subdivided into parts and/or segmented by topics. Just like the bibliography styles,
+    all citation commands may be freely defined. Features such as full Unicode support
+    for bibliography data, customisable sorting, multiple bibliographies with different
+    sorting, customisable labels and dynamic data modification are available},
   author = {Philipp Lehman},
-  booktitle = {The \textsf{biblatex} package},
-  date = {2011},
-  date-added = {2009-10-13 18:52:07 +0200},
-  date-modified = {2013-03-13 23:38:26 +0100},
+  nameaddon = {with Philip Kime, Audrey Boruvka and Joseph Wright},
+  date = {2016-11-16},
   hyphenation = {english},
   keywords = {primaria},
   subtitle = {Programmable Bibliographies and Citations},
-  title = {The \texttt{biblatex} package},
+  title = {The \texttt{biblatex} Package},
   url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf},
-  version = {1.7}
+  version = {3.7}
 }
 
- at BOOK{Lobacevskij:1994,
-  title = {Nuovi principi della geometria},
-  publisher = {Bollati Boringhieri},
-  author = {Nikolaj Ivanovi\v{c} Loba\v{c}evskij},
-  editor = {Lucio Lombarto Radice},
-  annote = {An entry typeset using the depreciated \texttt{orig-} fields mechanism},
-  booktitle = {Nuovi principi della geometria},
-  date = {1994},
-  date-added = {2013-03-14 12:51:03 +0100},
-  date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:42:38 +0100},
-  foreword = {Evandro Agazzi},
-  keywords = {esempio},
-  location = {Torino},
-  options = {origed},
-  origdate = {1835},
-  subtitle = {Con una teoria completa delle parallele}
+ at ONLINE{babel,
+  annote = {This manual describes babel, a package that makes
+    use of the capabilities of TEX version 3 and, to some
+    extent, xetex and luatex, to provide an environment
+    in which documents can be typeset in a language
+    other than US English, or in more than one language
+    or script. However, no attempt has been done to take full
+    advantage of the features provided by the latter,
+    which would require a completely new core (as for
+    example polyglossia or as part of \LaTeX 3)},
+  author = {Johannes L. Braams},
+  date = {2016-04-23},
+  hyphenation = {english},
+  keywords = {primaria},
+  title = {Babel},
+  url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/babel/babel.pdf},
+  version = {3.9r}
 }
 
+ at ONLINE{polyglossia,
+  annote = {Polyglossia is a package for facilitating multilingual typesetting with \XeLaTeX{} and
+    (at an early stage) Lua\LaTeX. Basically, it can be used as an alternative to babel
+    for performing the following tasks automatically:
+    1. Loading the appropriate hyphenation patterns.
+    2. Setting the script and language tags of the current font (if possible and
+    available), via the package fontspec.
+    3. Switching to a font assigned by the user to a particular script or language.
+    4. Adjusting some typographical conventions according to the current lan-
+    guage (such as afterindent, frenchindent, spaces before or after punctu-
+    ation marks, etc.).
+    5. Redefining all document strings (like “chapter”, “figure”, “bibliography”).
+    6. Adapting the formatting of dates (for non-Gregorian calendars via external
+    packages bundled with polyglossia: currently the Hebrew, Islamic and
+    Farsi calendars are supported).
+    7. For languages that have their own numbering system, modifying the
+    formatting of numbers appropriately (this also includes redefining the al-
+    phabetic sequence for non-Latin alphabets).
+    8. Ensuring proper directionality if the document contains languages that are
+    written from right to left (via the package bidi, available separately).},
+  author = {François Charette},
+  date = {2015-03-25},
+  hyphenation = {english},
+  keywords = {primaria},
+  title = {Polyglossia: An Alternative to Babel for \XeLaTeX{} and Lua\LaTeX},
+  url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/babel/babel.pdf},
+  version = {1.42.4}
+}
+
+ at ONLINE{csquotes,
+  annote = {This package provides advanced facilities for inline and display quotations. It is
+    designed for a wide range of tasks ranging from the most simple applications to
+    the more complex demands of formal quotations. The facilities include commands,
+    environments, and user-definable ‘smart quotes’ which dynamically adjust to their
+    context. Quotation marks are switched automatically if quotations are nested and
+    can adjust to the current language. There are additional features designed to cope
+    with the more specific demands of academic writing. All quote styles as well as the
+    optional active quotes are freely configurable},
+  author = {Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright},
+  date = {2017-02-03},
+  hyphenation = {english},
+  keywords = {primaria},
+  subtitle = {Context Sensitive Quotation Facilities},
+  title = {The \texttt{csquotes} Package},
+  url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/csquotes/csquotes.pdf},
+  version = {5.2a}
+}
+
 @ARTICLE{Moore:1903:ORIGFIELDS,
   author = {George Edward Moore},
   title = {The refutation of idealism},
@@ -4964,8 +5301,7 @@
 @BOOK{pantieri:artelatex,
   title = {L'arte di scrivere con \LaTeX},
   author = {Lorenzo Pantieri and Tommaso Gordini},
-  annote = {The most popular italian guide to \LaTeX. A little masterpiece of
-	style and typesetting},
+  annote = {Lo scopo di questo lavoro, rivolto sia a chi muove i primi passiin \LaTeX{} sia a quanti già lo conoscono, è di offrire ai suoi utenti italiani le conoscenze essenziali per poterlo usare con successo. I concetti fondamentali della materia, raccolti da svariati manuali, vengono presentati nel modo più chiaro e organico possibile; nel contempo si fornisce un vasto campionario di esempi e si analizzano alcuni tipici problemi che potrebbero presentarsi nella redazione di una pubblicazione scientifica o professionale in italiano, indicando per ciascuno le soluzioni per noi migliori.},
   booktitle = {L'arte di scrivere con \LaTeX},
   date = {2011},
   date-added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100},
@@ -4996,7 +5332,7 @@
   publisher = {Flammarion},
   author = {Jules-Henri Poincaré},
   annote = {A book entry followed by its translation, cross-referenced in the
-	\texttt{related} field},
+  \texttt{related} field},
   booktitle = {La science et l'hypothèse},
   date = {1968},
   date-added = {2010-03-05 16:18:11 +0100},
@@ -5011,7 +5347,7 @@
   publisher = {Springer},
   author = {Karl R. Popper},
   annote = {A book entry followed by two differents translations, cross-referenced
-	in the \texttt{related} (biber 1.6 required)},
+  in the \texttt{related} (biber 1.6 required)},
   booktitle = {Logik der Forschung},
   date = {1934},
   date-added = {2013-03-01 17:50:26 +0100},
@@ -5055,7 +5391,7 @@
 @BOOKINBOOK{Reale1987,
   address = {Milano},
   annote = {A book published in a multivolume work. Note the \texttt{titleaddon}
-	field, used for the details about the chapter title},
+  field, used for the details about the chapter title},
   author = {Giovanni Reale},
   date = {1987},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:48:31 +0100},
@@ -5067,7 +5403,7 @@
   publisher = {Vita e Pensiero},
   title = {Dalle origini a Socrate},
   titleaddon = {Appendice seconda: ``Precisazioni sulle caratteristiche fondamentali
-	del concetto greco di filosofia''},
+  del concetto greco di filosofia''},
   volume = {1}
 }
 
@@ -5109,9 +5445,11 @@
 }
 
 @ONLINE{wassenhoven:dw,
-  annote = {A small collection of styles for the biblatex package. It was designed
-	for citations in the Humanities and offers some features that are
-	not provided by the standard biblatex styles.},
+  annote = {A small collection of styles for the biblatex package.
+  It was designed for citations in the Humanities and offers some features 
+  that are not provided by the standard biblatex styles. biblatex-dw 
+  is dependent on biblatex – version 1.7 needs at least version 3.3
+  of biblatex and was tested with biblatex version 3.6 and biber version 2.6.},
   author = {Dominik Waßenhoven},
   date = {2011},
   date-added = {2013-03-13 21:58:04 +0100},
@@ -5130,7 +5468,7 @@
   date-added = {2009-10-20 17:17:52 +0200},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:29:20 +0100},
   editor = {Claudio Bartocci and Renato Betti and Angelo Guerraggio and Roberto
-	Lucchetti},
+  Lucchetti},
   hyphenation = {italian},
   keywords = {esempio},
   location = {Milano},
@@ -5168,13 +5506,13 @@
 
 @COLLECTION{Filmed:2009,
   annote = {A collection with four editors. The list is automatically truncated
-	in the citations},
+  in the citations},
   booktitle = {Filosofia delle medicina},
   date = {2009},
   date-added = {2009-09-27 23:05:08 +0200},
   date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:37:44 +0100},
   editor = {Pierdaniele Giaretta and Antonio Moretto and Gian Franco Gensini
-	and Marco Trabucchi},
+  and Marco Trabucchi},
   hyphenation = {italian},
   keywords = {esempio},
   location = {Bologna},
@@ -5184,6 +5522,35 @@
   volumes = {2}
 }
 
+ at INCOLLECTION{corrocher:2009,
+  author = {Roberto Corrocher},
+  title = {Riflessioni sull'uomo di fronte a nuove sfide},
+  pages = {27-42},
+  annote = {An \texttt{@incollection} entry. The \texttt{@collection} is automatically
+    printed in the bibliography because another \texttt{@incollection}
+    has been cited},
+  crossref = {Filmed:2009},
+  date-added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100},
+  date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:33:22 +0100},
+  hyphenation = {italian},
+  keywords = {esempio},
+  read = {0}
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{federspil:2009,
+  author = {Giovanni Federspil and Roberto Vettor},
+  title = {Medicina: un unico metodo e una sola argomentazione?},
+  pages = {43-74},
+  annote = {An \texttt{@incollection} entry. The \texttt{@collection} is automatically
+    printed in the bibliography because another \texttt{@incollection}
+    has been cited},
+  crossref = {Filmed:2009},
+  date-added = {2010-03-06 00:26:39 +0100},
+  date-modified = {2013-03-15 16:37:35 +0100},
+  hyphenation = {italian},
+  keywords = {esempio}
+}
+
 @COLLECTION{Pasquinelli:1969,
   booktitle = {Il Neoempirismo},
   date = {1969},
@@ -5199,7 +5566,7 @@
 
 @MVREFERENCE{britannica,
   annote = {A multivolume encyclopedia. Note the \texttt{useeditor=false} option
-	and \texttt{indextitle} field},
+  and \texttt{indextitle} field},
   booktitle = {The New Encyclopædia Britannica},
   date = {2003},
   date-added = {2010-03-10 17:46:47 +0100},
@@ -5248,7 +5615,7 @@
 
 @ONLINE{ctan,
   annote = {Note the \texttt{urldate} field and the \texttt{label} field, used
-	for the citations.},
+  for the citations.},
   bdsk-url-1 = {http://www.ctan.org},
   date = {2006},
   date-added = {2011-06-02 17:33:32 +0200},

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/english-philosophy.lbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/english-philosophy.lbx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/english-philosophy.lbx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,20 +5,18 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `english-lbx')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 \ProvidesFile{english-philosophy.lbx}
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 
 
 
-
-
 \InheritBibliographyExtras{english}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
@@ -26,33 +24,32 @@
     -\penalty\hyphenpenalty}%
   \protected\def\bibdatedash{\textendash}}%
 
-\NewBibliographyString{cited,origed}
+\NewBibliographyString{opcited}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
   inherit            =  {english},
-  origed             =  {{orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}{orig\adddotspace ed\adddot}},
-  cited              =  {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}},
-  nodate             =  {{no date}{n\adddot d\adddot}},
+  opcited             =  {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}},
+  opcit              =  {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}},
   ibidem             =  {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}},
   loccit             =  {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}},
-  editor             =  {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
-  editors            =  {{eds\adddot}{eds\adddot}},
-  reviewof           =  {{Review of}{Review of}},
   translationas      =  {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}},
-  backrefpage        =  {{cited on  page}{cited on  p\adddot}},
-  backrefpages       =  {{cited on  pages}{cited on  pp\adddot}}
+  withcommentator    =  {{commentary by}{comment\adddot\ by}},
+  withannotator      =  {{annotations by}{annots\adddot\ by}},
+  withintroduction   =  {{introduction by}{intro\adddot\ by}},
+  withforeword       =  {{foreword by}{forew\adddot\ by}},
+  withafterword      =  {{afterword by}{afterw\adddot\ by}}
   }
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `english-philosophy.lbx'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/italian-philosophy.lbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/italian-philosophy.lbx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/italian-philosophy.lbx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,20 +5,18 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `italian-lbx')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 \ProvidesFile{italian-philosophy.lbx}
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 
 
 
-
-
 \InheritBibliographyExtras{italian}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
@@ -25,50 +23,96 @@
 \protected\def\bibrangedash{%
     -\penalty\hyphenpenalty}%
   \protected\def\bibdatedash{\textendash}}%
-
-\NewBibliographyString{origed,cited}
-
+\NewBibliographyString{opcited}
 \DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
   inherit            =  {italian},
-  cited              =  {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}},
-  origed             =  {{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}},
-  nodate             =  {{senza data}{s\adddotspace d\adddot}},
-  opcit              =  {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}},
+  opcited            =  {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}},
   ibidem             =  {{ivi}{ivi}},
   loccit             =  {{ibidem}{ibidem}},
   editor             =  {{a cura di}{a cura di}},
   editors            =  {{a cura di}{a cura di}},
-  reviewof           =  {{recensione di}{recensione di}},
-  byreviser          =  {{revisione di}{revisione di}},
-  backrefpage        =  {{Citato a pagina}{Citato a \bibsstring{page}\adddot}},
-  backrefpages       =  {{Citato alle pagine}{Citato alle \bibsstring{pages}\adddot}},
+  backrefpage        =  {{citato a pagina}{citato a \bibsstring{page}\adddot}},
+  backrefpages       =  {{citato alle pagine}{citato alle \bibsstring{pages}\adddot}},
+  nodate             =  {{senza data}{s\adddot d\adddot}},
+  volumes            =  {{volumi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{voll\adddot}{vol\adddot}}},
   pages              =  {{pagine}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{pp\adddot}{p\adddot}}},
   columns            =  {{colonne}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{coll\adddot}{col\adddot}}},
   lines              =  {{righe}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{rr\adddot}{r\adddot}}},
   verses             =  {{versi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{vv\adddot}{v\adddot}}},
+  paragraphs         =  {{paragrafi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{parr\adddot}{par\adddot}}},
   section            =  {{sezione}{sez\adddot}},
   sections           =  {{sezioni}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{sezz\adddot}{sez\adddot}}},
-  paragraphs         =  {{paragrafi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{parr\adddot}{par\adddot}}},
-  volumes            =  {{volumi}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{voll\adddot}{vol\adddot}}},
   withcommentator    =  {{commenti di}{commenti di}},
   withannotator      =  {{annotazioni di}{annotazioni di}},
   withintroduction   =  {{introduzione di}{introduzione di}},
   withforeword       =  {{prefazione di}{prefazione di}},
   withafterword      =  {{postfazione di}{postfazione di}},
-  translationof      =  {{traduzione di}{trad\adddotspace di}},
-  translationas      =  {{traduzione italiana}{trad\adddotspace it\adddot}}
+ origpubas          =  {{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}{ed\adddotspace orig\adddot}},
+ bypublisher        =  {{\addcomma\space}{\addcomma\space}},
+ astitle            =  {{come}{come}},
+ reviewof           =  {{recensione di}{rec\adddotspace di}},
+ byreviser          =  {{revisione di}{rev\adddotspace di}},
+ translationof      =  {{traduzione di}{trad\adddotspace di}},
+ translationas      =  {{traduzione italiana}{trad\adddotspace it\adddot}}
+ reviser            = {{revisore}{rev\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ revisers           = {{revisori}{rev\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ founder            = {{fondatore}{fond\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ founders           = {{fondatori}{fond\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ continuator        = {{continuatore}{cont\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ continuators       = {{continuatori}{cont\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ byreviewer       = {{recensito da}{rec\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ byfounder        = {{fondato da}{fond\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing
+ bycontinuator    = {{continuato da}{cont\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ bycollaborator   = {{in collaborazione con}{in coll\adddotspace con}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ book             = {{libro}{lib\adddot}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ part             = {{parte}{pt\adddot}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ issue            = {{uscita}{uscita}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ reprintas        = {{ristampato come}{rist\adddotspace come}},% FIXME: missing
+ reprintfrom      = {{ristampato da}{rist\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing
+ translationfrom  = {{tradotto da}{trad\adddotspace da}},% FIXME: missing
+ origpubin        = {{originalmente pubblicato in}{orig\adddotspace pub\adddotspace in}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ candthesis       = {{candidato}{cand\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ software         = {{software}{software}},% FIXME: missing
+ datacd           = {{CD-ROM}{CD-ROM}},% FIXME: missing
+ audiocd          = {{audio CD}{audio CD}},% FIXME: missing
+ urlfrom          = {{disponibile su}{disponibile su}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ inpreparation    = {{in preparazione}{in preparazione}},% FIXME: missing
+ forthcoming      = {{in uscita}{in uscita}},% FIXME: missing
+ prepublished     = {{pre-pubblicato}{pre-pubblicato}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ thiscite         = {{specialmente}{spec\adddot}},% FIXME: missing: UNSURE
+ langcatalan      = {{catalano}{catalano}},% FIXME: missing
+ langcroatian     = {{croato}{croato}},% FIXME: missing
+ langczech        = {{ceco}{ceco}},% FIXME: missing
+ langestonian     = {{estone}{estone}},% FIXME: missing
+ langfinnish      = {{finnico}{finnico}},% FIXME: missing
+ langpolish       = {{polacco}{polacco}},% FIXME: missing
+ langrussian      = {{russo}{russo}},% FIXME: missing
+ langslovene      = {{sloveno}{sloveno}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromcatalan      = {{dal catalano}{dal catalano}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromcroatian     = {{dal croato}{dal croato}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromczech        = {{dal ceco}{dal ceco}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromestonian     = {{dall'estone}{dall'estone}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromfinnish      = {{dal finnico}{dal finnico}},% FIXME: missing
+ frompolish       = {{dal polacco}{dal polacco}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromrussian      = {{dal russo}{dal russo}},% FIXME: missing
+ fromslovene      = {{dallo sloveno}{dallo sloveno}},% FIXME: missing
+ circa            = {{circa}{ca\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ spring           = {{primavera}{prim\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ summer           = {{estate}{est\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ autumn           = {{autunno}{aut\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
+ winter           = {{inverno}{inv\adddot}},% FIXME: missing
 }
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `italian-philosophy.lbx'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.bbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.bbx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.bbx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,20 +5,18 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `classic-bbx')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 \ProvidesFile{philosophy-classic.bbx}
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 
 
 
-
-
 \RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear}
 \RequireBibliographyStyle{philosophy-standard}
 
@@ -224,16 +222,16 @@
   \togglefalse{bbx:nodate}%
 }{}}%
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `philosophy-classic.bbx'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.cbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.cbx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-classic.cbx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,69 +5,31 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `classic-cbx')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 \ProvidesFile{philosophy-classic.cbx}
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 
 
 
-
-
 \RequireCitationStyle{authoryear-comp}
 
-\newtoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorscite}[true]{%
-  \settoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{#1}}
-
 \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
-  scauthorscite = false,
   citetracker = true,
 }
 
 \AtEveryCite{%
-  \iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}%
-   {\let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
-    \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
-    \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameaffix\mkbibsc}%
-   {}}%
+\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefamily}[1]{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
+\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamegiven}[1]{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
+\renewcommand*{\mkbibnameprefix}[1]{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
+\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamesuffix}[1]{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}%
+}
 
-\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{%
-  \nameparts{#1}%
-\bibhyperref{\ifcase\value{uniquename}%
-    \usebibmacro{name:family}
-      {\namepartfamily}
-      {\namepartgiven}
-      {\namepartprefix}
-      {\namepartsuffix}%
-  \or
-    \ifuseprefix
-      {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
-        {\namepartfamily}
-        {\namepartgiveni}
-        {\namepartprefix}
-        {\namepartsuffixi}}
-      {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
-        {\namepartfamily}
-        {\namepartgiveni}
-        {\namepartprefixi}
-        {\namepartsuffixi}}%
-  \or
-    \usebibmacro{name:given-family}
-      {\namepartfamily}
-      {\namepartgiven}
-      {\namepartprefix}
-      {\namepartsuffix}%
-  \fi
-  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}
-
 \newcommand{\switchclass}[2]{%
   \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classic}%
     {\usebibmacro{#1}}%
@@ -110,8 +72,8 @@
        {}%
        {\printnames{labelname}%
         \setunit{%
-  \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
-  \addspace\bibopenparen}}%
+    \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
+    \addspace\bibopenparen}}%
      \savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}%
   \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}
     {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
@@ -143,12 +105,12 @@
     {\setunit{}%
      \printtext{%
        \ifbool{cbx:parens}
- {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
- {}}}
+   {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
+   {}}}
     {\setunit{%
        \ifbool{cbx:parens}
- {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
- {}%
+   {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
+   {}%
        \multicitedelim}}}
 \newbibmacro*{cite:init:AY}{%
   \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2}
@@ -158,7 +120,7 @@
     {\iffieldundef{prenote}
        {}
        {\global\undef\cbx at lasthash
-\global\undef\cbx at lastyear}}}
+  \global\undef\cbx at lastyear}}}
 
 \newbibmacro*{cite:reinit:AY}{%
   \global\undef\cbx at lasthash
@@ -257,12 +219,12 @@
     {\setunit{}%
      \printtext{%
        \ifbool{cbx:parens}
- {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
- {}}}
+   {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
+   {}}}
     {\setunit{%
        \ifbool{cbx:parens}
- {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
- {}%
+   {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
+   {}%
        \multicitedelim}}}
 \renewbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{%
   \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}}
@@ -357,16 +319,16 @@
   {\multicitedelim}
   {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `philosophy-classic.cbx'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.bbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.bbx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.bbx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,20 +5,18 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `modern-bbx')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 \ProvidesFile{philosophy-modern.bbx}
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 
 
 
-
-
 \RequireBibliographyStyle{philosophy-classic}
 \newtoggle{bbx:yearleft}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{yearleft}[true]{%
@@ -25,6 +23,7 @@
   \settoggle{bbx:yearleft}{#1}}
 \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
   yearleft=false}
+
 \newlength{\yeartitle}
 \newlength{\postnamesep}
 \setlength{\yeartitle}{0.8em}
@@ -37,6 +36,7 @@
 \iftoggle{bbx:yearleft}{%
 \setlength{\yeartitle}{\fill}}%
 {}}
+
 \newcommand{\postsep}{\par\nobreak\vskip\postnamesep%
   \hskip-\bibhang\ignorespaces}
 \renewcommand{\labelnamepunct}{}
@@ -150,8 +150,8 @@
       {\iftoggle{bbx:nodate}{\printtext[parens]{%
         \midsentence\bibstring{nodate}}}{}}%
       {\printtext[parens]{%
- \printfield{labelyear}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}}%
+   \printfield{labelyear}%
+   \printfield{extrayear}}}%
        \endgroup}%
 \define at key{blx at bib1}{restoreclassic}[]{}
 \define at key{blx at bib2}{restoreclassic}[true]{%
@@ -226,16 +226,16 @@
     {\printfield{label}}}%
   }{}}%
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `philosophy-modern.bbx'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.cbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.cbx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-modern.cbx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,20 +5,18 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `modern-cbx')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 \ProvidesFile{philosophy-modern.cbx}
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 
 
 
-
-
 \RequireCitationStyle{philosophy-classic}
 \DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite}%
   {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
@@ -29,16 +27,16 @@
   {\multicitedelim}%
   {\usebibmacro{postnote}}%
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `philosophy-modern.cbx'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-standard.bbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-standard.bbx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-standard.bbx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,48 +5,38 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `standard-bbx')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 \ProvidesFile{philosophy-standard.bbx}
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 
 
 
+\RequireBiber[3]
+\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard}
 
-
 \def\optionerror#1{%
-\ClassError{biblatex-philosophy}
-{\MessageBreak**** Unknown value for '#1' option}
-{\MessageBreak**** Unknown value for '#1' option}
-}
-
-\RequireBiber[3]
-\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard}
+  \ClassError{biblatex-philosophy}
+  {\MessageBreak**** Unknown value for '#1' option}
+  {\MessageBreak**** Unknown value for '#1' option}}
 \DeclareLanguageMapping{italian}{italian-philosophy}
 \DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{english-philosophy}
 \DeclareLanguageMapping{spanish}{spanish-philosophy}
 \newtoggle{bbx:annotation}
 \newtoggle{bbx:library}
-\newtoggle{bbx:scauthors}
-\newtoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}
 \newtoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal}
 \newtoggle{bbx:classical}
 \newtoggle{bbx:lowscauthors}
 \newtoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}
-
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{annotation}[true]{%
   \settoggle{bbx:annotation}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{library}[true]{%
   \settoggle{bbx:library}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthors}[true]{%
-  \settoggle{bbx:scauthors}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorsbib}[true]{%
-  \settoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{inbeforejournal}[true]{%
   \settoggle{bbx:inbeforejournal}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{classical}[true]{%
@@ -55,14 +45,12 @@
   \settoggle{bbx:lowscauthors}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandintro}[true]{%
   \settoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}{#1}}
-
 \newcommand{\bbx at publocformat}{}
 \newcommand{\bbx at volnumformat}{}
 \newcommand{\bbx at relatedformat}{}
-\newcommand{\bbx at origfields}{}
 \newcommand{\bbx at editionformat}{}
 \newcommand{\bbx at volumeformat}{}
-
+\newcommand{\bbx at scauthors}{}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{publocformat}[publocyear]{%
   \renewcommand{\bbx at publocformat}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{volnumformat}[plain]{%
@@ -77,29 +65,30 @@
   \renewcommand{\bbx at editionformat}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{volumeformat}[arabic]{%
   \renewcommand{\bbx at volumeformat}{#1}}
-
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthors}[all]{%
+  \renewcommand{\bbx at scauthors}{#1}}
+\newcommand{\bbx at origfields}{}
 \DeclareEntryOption{origed}[true]{%
   \renewcommand{\bbx at origfields}{origed}}
-
+\newtoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}
+\newtoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorsbib}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{#1}}
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorscite}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{#1}}
 \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
-  lowscauthors     = false,
   publocformat     = publocyear,
-  annotation       = false,
-  library          = true,
-  scauthors        = false,
-  scauthorsbib     = false,
   origfieldsformat = semicolon,
-  inbeforejournal  = false,
   volnumformat     = plain,
   editionformat    = arabic,
   volumeformat     = arabic,
-  classical        = false,
+  shorthandintro   = true,
+  library          = true,
   useprefix        = true,
   maxcitenames     = 2,
   mincitenames     = 1,
   maxbibnames      = 999,
-  minbibnames      = 999,
-  shorthandintro = true}
+  minbibnames      = 999}
 \setcounter{biburlnumpenalty}{9000}
 \setcounter{biburlucpenalty}{9000}
 \setcounter{biburllcpenalty}{9000}
@@ -106,52 +95,27 @@
 \newcounter{maxnamesincross}
 \newcounter{minnamesincross}
 \AtBeginDocument{%
+\ifdefstring{\bbx at scauthors}{all}
+{%
+  \toggletrue{bbx:scauthorsbib}%
+  \toggletrue{cbx:scauthorscite}%
+}%
+{}%
+\ifdefstring{\bbx at scauthors}{bib}
+{%
+  \toggletrue{bbx:scauthorsbib}%
+}%
+{}%
+\ifdefstring{\bbx at scauthors}{cite}
+{%
+  \toggletrue{cbx:scauthorscite}%
+}%
+{}%
 \iftoggle{bbx:lowscauthors}%
   {\newrobustcmd*{\mkbibsc}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}}%
   {\newrobustcmd*{\mkbibsc}[1]{\textsc{#1}}}%
-\iftoggle{bbx:scauthors}{%
-  \toggletrue{bbx:scauthorsbib}%
-  \toggletrue{cbx:scauthorscite}}%
-{}}
-\AtBeginBibliography{%
-\iftoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{%
-\DeclareNameFormat{sortname}{%
-   \let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameaffix\mkbibsc%
-  \nameparts{#1}%
-  \ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{1}
-    {\ifgiveninits
-       {\usebibmacro{name:family-given}
-         {\namepartfamily}
-         {\namepartgiveni}
-         {\namepartprefix}
-         {\namepartsuffix}}
-       {\usebibmacro{name:family-given}
-         {\namepartfamily}
-         {\namepartgiven}
-         {\namepartprefix}
-         {\namepartsuffix}}%
-     \ifboolexpe{%
-       test {\ifdefvoid\namepartgiven}
-       and
-       test {\ifdefvoid\namepartprefix}}
-       {}
-       {\usebibmacro{name:revsdelim}}}
-    {\ifgiveninits
-       {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
-         {\namepartfamily}
-         {\namepartgiveni}
-         {\namepartprefix}
-         {\namepartsuffix}}
-       {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
-         {\namepartfamily}
-         {\namepartgiven}
-         {\namepartprefix}
-         {\namepartsuffix}}}%
-  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}%
-  {}}%
+}
+\AtBeginBibliography{\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}}%
 \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addcomma\space}
 \renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{\addperiod\space}
 \renewcommand*{\intitlepunct}{\nopunct\addspace}
@@ -159,42 +123,97 @@
 \newcommand*{\volnumpunct}{\addcomma\space}
 \newrobustcmd*{\mkpureparens}[1]{%
   \begingroup
-  \blx at blxinit
-  \blx at setsfcodes
-  \blx at postpunct(#1\blx at postpunct)\midsentence%
+    \blx at blxinit
+    \blx at setsfcodes
+    \blx at postpunct(#1\blx at postpunct)\midsentence%
   \endgroup}
 \newrobustcmd*{\mkpurebrackets}[1]{%
-\begingroup
-\blx at blxinit
-\blx at setsfcodes
-\blx at postpunct[#1\blx at postpunct]\midsentence%
-\endgroup}
-\renewbibmacro*{citeindex}{%
-\ifciteindex{\indexnames{labelname}}{}}%
-\renewbibmacro*{bibindex}{%
-\ifbibindex{\indexnames{author}%
-\indexnames{editor}%
-\indexnames{editora}%
-\indexnames{editorb}%
-\indexnames{editorc}}%
-{}}%
+  \begingroup
+    \blx at blxinit
+    \blx at setsfcodes
+    \blx at postpunct[#1\blx at postpunct]\midsentence%
+  \endgroup}
 \newcommand*{\annotationfont}{\footnotesize}
 \newcommand*{\libraryfont}{}
 \newcommand*{\editionfont}{%
-    \ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{Roman}
-      {\uppercase}%
-      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{romansc}
-      {\scshape}%
-      {\relax}}%
-      }%
+  \ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{Roman}
+    {\uppercase}%
+    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{romansc}
+    {\scshape}%
+    {\relax}}}%
 \newrobustcmd*{\edfnt}[1]{%
   \begingroup
-  \expandafter\editionfont
+  \expandafter\editionfont%
   \expandafter{\romannumeral#1}%
   \endgroup}
+\DeclareNameFormat{sortname}{%
+  \iftoggle{bbx:scauthorsbib}{%
+    \let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
+    \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
+    \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
+    \let\mkbibnamesuffix\mkbibsc}{}%
+  \nameparts{#1}%
+  \ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{1}
+  {\ifgiveninits
+    {\usebibmacro{name:family-given}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiveni}
+      {\namepartprefix}
+      {\namepartsuffix}}
+    {\usebibmacro{name:family-given}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiven}
+      {\namepartprefix}
+      {\namepartsuffix}}%
+    \ifboolexpe{%
+      test {\ifdefvoid\namepartgiven}
+      and
+      test {\ifdefvoid\namepartprefix}}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{name:revsdelim}}}
+  {\ifgiveninits
+    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiveni}
+      {\namepartprefix}
+      {\namepartsuffix}}
+    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiven}
+      {\namepartprefix}
+      {\namepartsuffix}}}%
+  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}%
+\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{%
+  \nameparts{#1}%
+  \bibhyperref{\ifcase\value{uniquename}%
+    \usebibmacro{name:family}
+    {\namepartfamily}
+    {\namepartgiven}
+    {\namepartprefix}
+    {\namepartsuffix}%
+    \or
+    \ifuseprefix
+    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiveni}
+      {\namepartprefix}
+      {\namepartsuffixi}}
+    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
+      {\namepartfamily}
+      {\namepartgiveni}
+      {\namepartprefixi}
+      {\namepartsuffixi}}%
+    \or
+    \usebibmacro{name:given-family}
+    {\namepartfamily}
+    {\namepartgiven}
+    {\namepartprefix}
+    {\namepartsuffix}%
+    \fi
+    \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook,thesis]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
-\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{title}{\bibcpstring{reviewof}\addspace#1}
-\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{citetitle}{\bibcpstring{reviewof}\addspace#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{title}{\bibcplstring{reviewof}\addspace#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{citetitle}{\bibcplstring{reviewof}\addspace#1}
 \DeclareFieldFormat[inreference,article]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat[bookinbook,thesis]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat{origtitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
@@ -209,30 +228,6 @@
 \DeclareFieldFormat{pureparens}{\mkpureparens{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat{editortype}{\mkpureparens{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat{backrefparens}{\mkpureparens{#1}}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{%
-  \bibstring{volume}~%
-  \ifinteger{#1}{%
-  \ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{arabic}%
-    {#1}%
-    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{Roman}%
-       {\RN{#1}}%
-       {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{romansc}%
-         {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}}%
-         {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{roman}%
-           {\Rn{#1}}{\optionerror{volumeformat}}}}}}{#1}}
-\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{volume}{%
-\ifdefstring{\bbx at volnumformat}{strings}
-  {\bibstring{volume}~}%
-  {}%
-  \ifinteger{#1}{%
-  \ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{arabic}%
-    {#1}%
-    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{Roman}%
-       {\RN{#1}}%
-       {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{romansc}%
-         {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}}%
-         {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{roman}%
-           {\Rn{#1}}{\optionerror{volumeformat}}}}}}{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat*{number}{%
   \ifdefstring{\bbx at volnumformat}{strings}{%
     \bibstring{number}~#1}{#1}}
@@ -256,138 +251,53 @@
     available only for philosophy-verbose style}
     {\MessageBreak**** Option 'editionformat=superscript'
     available only for philosophy-verbose style}}{}}}}}}{#1}}%\isdot??
+\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{%
+  \bibstring{volume}~%
+    \ifinteger{#1}{%
+      \ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{arabic}%
+      {#1}%
+      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{Roman}%
+        {\RN{#1}}%
+        {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{romansc}%
+          {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}}%
+          {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{roman}%
+            {\Rn{#1}}%
+            {\optionerror{volumeformat}}}}}}{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{volume}{%
+  \ifdefstring{\bbx at volnumformat}{strings}
+    {\bibstring{volume}~}%
+    {}%
+      \ifinteger{#1}{%
+        \ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{arabic}%
+         {#1}%
+         {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{Roman}%
+           {\RN{#1}}%
+           {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{romansc}%
+             {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}}%
+             {\ifdefstring{\bbx at volumeformat}{roman}%
+               {\Rn{#1}}x%
+               {\optionerror{volumeformat}}}}}}{#1}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat{related}{%
   \ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{parens}%
-  {\mkpureparens{#1}}%
-  {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}%
-  {\mkpurebrackets{#1}}%
-  {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{semicolon}%
-    {#1}{\optionerror{relatedformat}}}}}%
+    {\mkpureparens{#1}}%
+    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}%
+      {\mkpurebrackets{#1}}%
+      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{semicolon}%
+        {#1}%
+        {\optionerror{relatedformat}}}}}%
 \DeclareFieldAlias{related:origpubin}{related}
 \DeclareFieldAlias{related:origpubas}{related}
 \DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:default}{#1\addspace}
-\newbibmacro*{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}{%
-\ifdefstring{\bbx at publocformat}{loccolonpub}
-{\usebibmacro{origloccolonpub}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
-     \printfield{userc}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx at publocformat}{locpubyear}
-{\usebibmacro{origlocpubyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
-     \printfield{userc}}
-{\usebibmacro{origpublocyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
-     \printfield{userc}}}}
+\renewbibmacro*{citeindex}{%
+  \ifciteindex{\indexnames{labelname}}{}}%
+\renewbibmacro*{bibindex}{%
+  \ifbibindex{\indexnames{author}%
+    \indexnames{editor}%
+    \indexnames{editora}%
+    \indexnames{editorb}%
+    \indexnames{editorc}}%
+  {}}%
 
-\newbibmacro*{origpublocyear}{%
-\iflistundef{origpublisher}%
-{\printlist{origlocation}%
-\setunit*{\addspace}%
-   \printorigdate}%
-{\printlist{origpublisher}%
-     \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
-\printlist{origlocation}%
-\setunit*{\addspace}%
-   \printorigdate}%
-  \newunit}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origloccolonpub}{%
-\iflistundef{origlocation}{}%
-  {\printlist{origlocation}}%
-  \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
-     {\setunit*{\addspace}%
-\printorigdate}%
-     {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}%
-  \printlist{origpublisher}%
-  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
-  \printorigdate}%
-  \newunit}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origlocpubyear}{%
-\iflistundef{origlocation}{}%
-  {\printlist{origlocation}}%
-  \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
-     {\setunit*{\addspace}%
-\printorigdate}%
-     {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
-  \printlist{origpublisher}%
-  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
-  \printorigdate}%
-  \newunit}
-
-\newbibmacro*{reprinttitle}{%
-  \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}{}{%
-   \iffieldsequal{reprinttitle}{title}{}{%
-        \printfield[title]{reprinttitle}%
-      \setunit{\addcomma\space}}}%
-\iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
-        \printfield{userb}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{transorigstring}{%
-\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
-{\printtext{\ifdefstring{\bbx at origfields}{origed}
-{\bibstring{origed}}%
-{\bibstring{translationas}}}\nopunct}%
-{\printtext{\bibstring{reprint}}}\nopunct}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origtitle:book}{%
-  \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{
-        \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}%
-      \setunit{\addcomma\space}}
-\iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
-        \printfield{userb}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:book}{%
-\usebibmacro{transorigstring}%
-\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
-{\usebibmacro{origtitle:book}}%
-{\usebibmacro{reprinttitle}}%
-\newunit\newblock
-   \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origdata:book}{%
-  \ifboolexpr{%
-    test {\iffieldundef{origtitle}}
-    and
-    test {\iffieldundef{origlocation}}
-    and
-    test {\iffieldundef{origpublisher}}
-    and
-    test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}
-  }%
-  {}%
-      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{parens}
-    {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}
-    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}
-        {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}
-        {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}%
-            \printtext{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}{%
-  \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{%
-        \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}%
-\setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
-\iffieldundef{usera}{}{%
-\usebibmacro{in:}%
-\printfield{usera}%
-             \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
-\iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
-        \printfield{userb}%
-       \newunit}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}{%
-        \usebibmacro{transorigstring}%
-        \setunit{\addspace}%
-        \usebibmacro{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}%
-        \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origdata:article-inbook}{%
-    \iflistundef{origlocation}{}{%
-        \ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{parens}
-          {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{%
-          \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}%
-             {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}
-                {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{%
-            \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}%
-        {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}%
-     \printtext{%
-  \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}}}}
 \renewbibmacro*{addendum+pubstate}{%
   \printfield{addendum}%
   \newunit\newblock
@@ -437,7 +347,7 @@
 
 \renewbibmacro*{periodical}{%
   \iffieldundef{title}
-    {}
+    {}%
     {\printtext[title]{%
        \printfield[titlecase]{title}%
        \midsentence%
@@ -448,7 +358,7 @@
   \usebibmacro{journal}%
   \setunit*{\addspace}%
   \iffieldundef{series}
-    {}
+    {}%
     {\newunit%
      \printfield{series}\setunit{\addspace}\midsentence}%
      \newunit%
@@ -463,7 +373,7 @@
   \usebibmacro{periodical}%
   \setunit*{\addspace}%
   \iffieldundef{series}
-    {}
+    {}%
     {\newunit
      \printfield{series}%
      \setunit{\addspace}\midsentence}%
@@ -497,7 +407,7 @@
        \usebibmacro{date}}}%
   \newunit}
 
-\renewbibmacro*{event+venue+date}{%v0.8
+\renewbibmacro*{event+venue+date}{%
   \printfield{eventtitle}%
   \ifboolexpr{%
     test {\iffieldundef{venue}}
@@ -555,8 +465,8 @@
     {\setunit{\addperiod\space}%
     \printtext[backrefparens]{%
        \ifnumgreater{\value{pageref}}{1}
-         {\bibstring{backrefpages}\ppspace}%
- {\bibstring{backrefpage}\ppspace}%
+         {\bibcpstring{backrefpages}\ppspace}%
+ {\bibcpstring{backrefpage}\ppspace}%
        \printlist[pageref][-\value{listtotal}]{pageref}\adddot}\nopunct}}%
 
 \renewbibmacro*{finentry}{%
@@ -676,26 +586,149 @@
   {}%
   {}%
 \renewbibmacro*{related:default}[1]{%
-\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
-\togglefalse{bbx:annotation}%
-\ifboolexpr{
-test {\iffieldundef{relatedtype}}
-and
-test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}
-}
-{\printtext{\bibstring{translationas}}}{}%
-\printtext{\addspace}%
-\relatedcite{\thefield{related}}}
+    \togglefalse{bbx:annotation}%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+      test {\iffieldundef{relatedtype}}
+      and
+      test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}
+  }
+  {\printtext{\bibstring{translationas}}}{}%
+    \printtext{\addspace}%
+    \relatedcite{\thefield{related}}}
 \renewbibmacro*{begrelatedloop}{%
   \renewrobustcmd*{\mkpureparens}{\relatedpunct}%
   \renewrobustcmd*{\mkpurebrackets}{\relatedpunct}}
 \newbibmacro*{phil:related}{%
   \iftoggle{bbx:related}
-    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{semicolon}%
-  {\setunit{\relatedpunct}}%
-    {\setunit{\addspace}}%
-  \usebibmacro{related:init}%
-  \usebibmacro{related}}{}}
+    {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{multivolume}%
+      {\setunit{\addperiod}}%
+      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{semicolon}%
+        {\setunit{\relatedpunct}}%
+        {\setunit{\addspace}}}%
+    \usebibmacro{related:init}%
+    \usebibmacro{related}}{}}
+\newbibmacro*{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}{%
+  \ifdefstring{\bbx at publocformat}{loccolonpub}
+    {\usebibmacro{origloccolonpub}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
+    \printfield{userc}}{\ifdefstring{\bbx at publocformat}{locpubyear}
+    {\usebibmacro{origlocpubyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
+    \printfield{userc}}
+    {\usebibmacro{origpublocyear}\setunit{\bibpagespunct}%
+    \printfield{userc}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origpublocyear}{%
+  \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
+  {\printlist{origlocation}%
+    \setunit*{\addspace}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  {\printlist{origpublisher}%
+    \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+    \printlist{origlocation}%
+    \setunit*{\addspace}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origloccolonpub}{%
+  \iflistundef{origlocation}{}%
+  {\printlist{origlocation}}%
+  \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
+  {\setunit*{\addspace}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}%
+    \printlist{origpublisher}%
+    \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origlocpubyear}{%
+  \iflistundef{origlocation}{}%
+  {\printlist{origlocation}}%
+  \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
+  {\setunit*{\addspace}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+    \printlist{origpublisher}%
+    \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+    \printorigdate}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{reprinttitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}{}{%
+    \iffieldsequal{reprinttitle}{title}{}{%
+      \printfield[title]{reprinttitle}%
+      \setunit{\addcomma\space}}}%
+  \iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
+    \printfield{userb}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{transorigstring}{%
+  \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
+  {\printtext{\ifdefstring{\bbx at origfields}{origed}
+      {\bibstring{origpubas}}%
+      {\bibstring{translationas}}}\nopunct}%
+  {\printtext{\bibstring{reprint}}}\nopunct}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origtitle:book}{%
+  \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{
+    \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}%
+    \setunit{\addcomma\space}}
+  \iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
+    \printfield{userb}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:book}{%
+  \usebibmacro{transorigstring}%
+  \iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
+  {\usebibmacro{origtitle:book}}%
+  {\usebibmacro{reprinttitle}}%
+  \newunit\newblock
+  \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origdata:book}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{%
+    test {\iffieldundef{origtitle}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{origlocation}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{origpublisher}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}
+  }%
+  {}%
+  {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{parens}
+    {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}
+    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}
+      {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}
+      {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}%
+        \printtext{\usebibmacro{origtitledata:book}}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}{%
+  \iffieldundef{origtitle}{}{%
+    \printfield[origtitle]{origtitle}%
+    \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
+  \iffieldundef{usera}{}{%
+    \usebibmacro{in:}%
+    \printfield{usera}%
+    \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
+  \iffieldundef{userb}{}{%
+    \printfield{userb}%
+    \newunit}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}{%
+  \usebibmacro{transorigstring}%
+  \setunit{\addspace}%
+  \usebibmacro{origtitle:article-inbook-incoll}%
+  \usebibmacro{origpublisher+origlocation+origdate}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origdata:article-inbook}{%
+  \iflistundef{origlocation}{}{%
+    \ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{parens}
+    {\nopunct\printtext[pureparens]{%
+        \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}%
+    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at relatedformat}{brackets}
+      {\nopunct\printtext[brackets]{%
+          \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}%
+      {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}%
+        \printtext{%
+          \usebibmacro{origtitledata:article-inbook-incoll}}}}}}
  \DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%
   \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
   \usebibmacro{begentry}%
@@ -854,7 +887,6 @@
   \usebibmacro{finentry}}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{%
-\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
   \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
   \usebibmacro{begentry}%
   \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
@@ -913,7 +945,6 @@
   \usebibmacro{finentry}}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{%
-\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
   \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
   \usebibmacro{begentry}%
   \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
@@ -970,7 +1001,6 @@
   \usebibmacro{finentry}}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{%
-\togglefalse{cbx:scauthorscite}%
   \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
   \usebibmacro{begentry}%
   \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
@@ -1345,13 +1375,13 @@
   \usebibmacro{finentry}}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{%
-\savefield{annotation}{\@phil at nnote}%
-\clearfield{annotation}%
-\entryset{}{}%
-\newunit\newblock
-\restorefield{annotation}{\@phil at nnote}%
-\usebibmacro{pageref}%
-\usebibmacro{finentry}}
+  \savefield{annotation}{\@phil at nnote}%
+  \clearfield{annotation}%
+  \entryset{}{}%
+  \newunit\newblock
+  \restorefield{annotation}{\@phil at nnote}%
+  \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
 
 \renewbibmacro*{bybookauthor}{%
   \ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}%
@@ -1422,7 +1452,7 @@
   \iffieldundef{bookpagination}{#1}{\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}}}
 \DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{title}{%
  \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{international}{\emph{#1}}{#1}}
-\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{notacomm}{nt\adddotspace#1}   %    \end{macrocode}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{notacomm}{nt\adddotspace#1}%    \end{macrocode}
 \newbibmacro*{juris:author}{%
 \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}%
   \ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1438,7 +1468,7 @@
      \iffieldundef{authortype}
        {}
        {\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
-\usebibmacro{authorstrg}}}
+  \usebibmacro{authorstrg}}}
     {}%
 \iffieldequalstr{type}{conclusions}{%
     \setunit{\addspace}%
@@ -1481,9 +1511,9 @@
   \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}%
   \newunit\newblock
 \printtext{%
- \printfield{labelyear}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}
-   \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+   \printfield{labelyear}%
+   \printfield{extrayear}}
+     \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
   \newunit\newblock
   \printfield{edition}%
   \newunit
@@ -1537,16 +1567,16 @@
 \DeclareFieldAlias[jurisdiction]{author}[jurisdiction]{court}
 
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `philosophy-standard.bbx'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.bbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.bbx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.bbx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,37 +5,21 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `verbose-bbx')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 \ProvidesFile{philosophy-verbose.bbx}
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 
 
 
-
-
 \RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle}
 \RequireBibliographyStyle{philosophy-standard}
 
-\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{%
-  \ifinteger{#1}{%
-    \ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{arabic}
-      {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}
-      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{Roman}%
-        {\RN{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}%
-        {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{romansc}%
-          {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}~\bibstring{edition}}%
-          {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{roman}%
-            {\Rn{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}
-            {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{superscript}%
-            {\mkbibsuperscript{#1}}%
-            {\optionerror{editionformat}}}}}}}{#1}}%\isdot??
-
 \AtBeginShorthands{%
   \togglefalse{bbx:annotation}%
   \DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx at crossref@inbook}%
@@ -53,6 +37,19 @@
   {}%
   {}%
 }
+\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{%
+  \ifinteger{#1}{%
+    \ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{arabic}
+    {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}
+    {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{Roman}%
+      {\RN{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}%
+      {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{romansc}%
+        {\textsc{\Rn{#1}}~\bibstring{edition}}%
+        {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{roman}%
+          {\Rn{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}
+          {\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{superscript}%
+            {\mkbibsuperscript{#1}}%
+            {\optionerror{editionformat}}}}}}}{#1}}%\isdot??
 \renewbibmacro*{author}{%
   \ifboolexpr{%
     test \ifuseauthor
@@ -137,7 +134,6 @@
 \renewbibmacro*{commarelateddate}{%
   \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
   \printdate\ifdefstring{\bbx at editionformat}{superscript}{\printfield{edition}}{}}
-
 \DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%
   \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
   \usebibmacro{begentry}%
@@ -445,7 +441,7 @@
     \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}%
       \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
    {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}%
-       \bibstring{cited}}}%
+       \bibstring{opcit}}}%
     {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}%
     \usebibmacro{usedriver:book}}}%
   {}%
@@ -462,22 +458,22 @@
     \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}%
        \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
     {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}%
-        \bibstring{cited}}}%
+        \bibstring{opcit}}}%
     {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}%
     \usebibmacro{usedriver:collection}}}%
   {}%
   {}%
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `philosophy-verbose.bbx'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.cbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.cbx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/philosophy-verbose.cbx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,28 +5,23 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `verbose-cbx')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 \ProvidesFile{philosophy-verbose.cbx}
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 
 
 
-
-
 \RequireCitationStyle{verbose-trad2}
 
-\newtoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}
 \newtoggle{cbx:latinemph}
 \newtoggle{cbx:commacit}
 
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{scauthorscite}[true]{%
-  \settoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{latinemph}[true]{%
   \settoggle{cbx:latinemph}{#1}}
 \DeclareBibliographyOption{commacit}[true]{%
@@ -35,91 +30,44 @@
 \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
   idemtracker=false,
   loccittracker=strict,
-  scauthorscite=false,
   latinemph=false,
   commacit=false}
-
+\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\iftoggle{cbx:latinemph}{\emph}{}}
 \AtEveryCite{%
-\togglefalse{bbx:annotation}%
-\iftoggle{cbx:latinemph}{\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph}}{}%
-\renewbibmacro*{name:andothers}{%
-  \ifboolexpr{%
-    test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
-    and
-    test \ifmorenames
-  }%
+  \togglefalse{bbx:annotation}%
+  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefamily}[1]{%
+    \iffootnote{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}{#1}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnamegiven}[1]{%
+    \iffootnote{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}{#1}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnameprefix}[1]{%
+    \iffootnote{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}{#1}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\mkbibnamesuffix}[1]{%
+    \iffootnote{\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{\mkbibsc{#1}}{#1}}{#1}}%
+  \renewbibmacro*{name:andothers}{%
+    \ifboolexpr{%
+      test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+      and
+      test \ifmorenames
+    }%
     {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}%
-       {\finalandcomma}%
-       {}%
-     \andothersdelim\bibstring[\mkibid]{andothers}}%
+      {\finalandcomma}%
+      {}%
+      \andothersdelim\bibstring[\mkibid]{andothers}}%
     {}}%
-\renewbibmacro*{list:andothers}{%
-  \ifboolexpr{%
-    test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
-    and
-    test \ifmoreitems
-  }%
+  \renewbibmacro*{list:andothers}{%
+    \ifboolexpr{%
+      test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+      and
+      test \ifmoreitems
+    }%
     {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}%
-       {\finalandcomma}%
-       {}%
-     \andmoredelim\bibstring[\mkibid]{andmore}}%
+      {\finalandcomma}%
+      {}%
+      \andmoredelim\bibstring[\mkibid]{andmore}}%
     {}}%
-\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{%
-\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}{%
-\iffootnote{%
-   \let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameaffix\mkbibsc}{}%
-  \nameparts{#1}%
-  \ifcase\value{uniquename}%
-    \usebibmacro{name:family}%
-      {\namepartfamily}%
-      {\namepartgiven}%
-      {\namepartprefix}%
-      {\namepartsuffix}%
-  \or
-    \ifuseprefix
-      {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
-        {\namepartfamily}%
-        {\namepartgiveni}%
-        {\namepartprefix}%
-        {\namepartsuffixi}}%
-      {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
-        {\namepartfamily}%
-        {\namepartgiveni}%
-        {\namepartprefixi}%
-        {\namepartsuffixi}}%
-  \or
-    \usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
-      {\namepartfamily}%
-      {\namepartgiven}%
-      {\namepartprefix}%
-      {\namepartsuffix}%
-  \fi
-  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}%
-  }{}}%
-\DeclareNameFormat{scdefault}{%
-\iffootnote{%
-   \let\mkbibnamefamily\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnamegiven\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameprefix\mkbibsc%
-   \let\mkbibnameaffix\mkbibsc}{}%
-  \nameparts{#1}%
-  \ifgiveninits
-    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
-      {\namepartfamily}%
-      {\namepartgiveni}%
-      {\namepartprefix}%
-      {\namepartsuffix}}%
-    {\usebibmacro{name:given-family}%
-      {\namepartfamily}%
-      {\namepartgiven}%
-      {\namepartprefix}%
-      {\namepartsuffix}}%
-  \usebibmacro{name:andothers}}%
+}%
 \newbibmacro*{cite:opcit}{%
-  \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{opcit}}}
+  \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{opcited}}}
 
 \newbibmacro*{cite:loccit}{%
   \printtext{%
@@ -128,78 +76,74 @@
   \global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}}
 
 \renewbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{%
- \ifloccit
-   {\usebibmacro{cite:loccit}}{%
-  \printtext{%
-    \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx at lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{%
-      \bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}}}%
+  \ifloccit
+  {\usebibmacro{cite:loccit}}{%
+    \printtext{%
+      \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx at lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{%
+        \bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}}}%
 
-\renewbibmacro*{cite:title}{%OK
- \ifsingletitle{\usebibmacro{cite:opcit}}{%
-  \printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
-    \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}%
-    \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
-    {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}}%
-      \bibstring{cited}}}
+\renewbibmacro*{cite:title}{%
+  \ifsingletitle{\usebibmacro{cite:opcit}}{%
+    \printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+      \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}%
+      \iftoggle{cbx:commacit}{\setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
+      {\setunit{\addspace\midsentence}}}%
+    \bibstring{opcit}}}
 
-\renewbibmacro*{cite:full}{%OK
- \iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}{%
-  \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}%
-  \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}%
-  \printtext[bibhypertarget]{%
-    \usedriver
-      {\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{%
-      \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{scdefault}}%
-      {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}}%
+\renewbibmacro*{cite:full}{%
+  \iftoggle{cbx:shorthandintro}{%
+    \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}%
+    \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}%
+    \printtext[bibhypertarget]{%
+      \usedriver
+      {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}%
       {\thefield{entrytype}}}%
-  \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}%
+    \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}}%
   {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}
 
 \renewbibmacro*{cite:idem}{%
-\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{%
-  \bibstring[\mkbibsc]{idem\thefield{gender}}}{%
-  \bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}}%
+  \iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}{%
+    \bibstring[\mkbibsc]{idem\thefield{gender}}}{%
+    \bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}}%
   \setunit{\nametitledelim}}
 
 \newbibmacro*{ccite:cite}{%
-\usebibmacro{related:clearauthors}%
+  \usebibmacro{related:clearauthors}%
   \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}%
   \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}%
   \global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}%
   \bibhypertarget{cite\the\value{instcount}}{%
     \ifciteseen
-      {\iffieldundef{shorthand}
-         {\usebibmacro{cite:title}%
-  \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
-         {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}
-      {\usebibmacro{cite:full}%
-       \usebibmacro{cite:save}}}}
+    {\iffieldundef{shorthand}
+      {\usebibmacro{cite:title}%
+        \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+      {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}
+    {\usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+      \usebibmacro{cite:save}}}}
 \DeclareCiteCommand{\ccite}
 {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
 {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
-   \usebibmacro{ccite:cite}}
+  \usebibmacro{ccite:cite}}
 {\multicitedelim}
 {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
 \DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite}
-  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
-  {\usedriver
-     {\iftoggle{cbx:scauthorscite}%
-       {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{scdefault}}%
-       {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}}%
-     {\thefield{entrytype}}}
-  {\multicitedelim}
-  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+{\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+{\usedriver
+  {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}%
+  {\thefield{entrytype}}}
+{\multicitedelim}
+{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `philosophy-verbose.cbx'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/spanish-philosophy.lbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/spanish-philosophy.lbx	2017-03-14 21:52:28 UTC (rev 43500)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-philosophy/spanish-philosophy.lbx	2017-03-14 21:52:44 UTC (rev 43501)
@@ -5,20 +5,18 @@
 %% The original source files were:
 %%
 %% biblatex-philosophy.dtx  (with options: `spanish-lbx')
-%%   ______________________________________________________
-%%   The biblatex-philosophy package
-%%   Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
-%%   All rights reserved
+%% ______________________________________________________
+%% The biblatex-philosophy package
+%% Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Ivan Valbusa
+%% All rights reserved
 %% 
-%%   License information appended
+%% License information appended
 %% 
 \ProvidesFile{spanish-philosophy.lbx}
-    [2017/02/16 v1.9.1 A set of styles for biblatex]
+[2017/03/14 v1.9.2 A set of styles for biblatex]
 
 
 
-
-
 \InheritBibliographyExtras{spanish}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
@@ -26,13 +24,12 @@
     -\penalty\hyphenpenalty}%
   \protected\def\bibdatedash{\textendash}}%
 
-\NewBibliographyString{origed,cited}
+\NewBibliographyString{opcited}
 
 \DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
   inherit            =  {spanish},
-  origed             =  {{edici\'{o}n original}{ed\adddot orig\adddot}},
-  cited              =  {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}},
-  opcit              =  {{op\adddot cit\adddot}{op\adddot cit\adddot}},
+  opcited            = {{\'{o}p\adddotspace cit\adddot}{\'{o}p\adddot cit\adddot}},
+  opcit              =  {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}},
   ibidem             =  {{ivi}{ivi}},
   loccit             =  {{ibidem}{ibidem}},
   langspanish        =  {{espa\~{n}ol}{es\adddot}},
@@ -39,9 +36,9 @@
   editor             =  {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
   editors            =  {{ed\adddot}{eds\adddot}},
   byreviser          =  {{revisi\'{o}n de}{rev\adddotspace de}},
-  reviewof           =  {{Rese\~{n}a de}{Rese\~{n}a de}},%%FIXME: Maiuscola iniziale?
-  backrefpage        =  {{Citado en la p\'{a}gina}{Citado en la \bibstring{page}\adddot}},%%FIXME: Maiuscola iniziale?
-  backrefpages       =  {{Citado en las p\'{a}ginas}{Citado en las \bibstring{pages}\adddot}},%%FIXME: Maiuscola iniziale?
+  reviewof           =  {{rese\~{n}a de}{rese\~{n}a de}},%%FIXME
+  backrefpage        =  {{citado en la p\'{a}gina}{citado en la \bibsstring{page}\adddot}},%%FIXME
+  backrefpages       =  {{citado en las p\'{a}ginas}{citado en las \bibsstring{pages}\adddot}},%%FIXME
   pages              =  {{p\'aginas}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{p\'ags\adddot}{p\'ag\adddot}}},
   columns            =  {{columnas}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{cols\adddot}{col\adddot}}},
   lines              =  {{l\'ineas}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{ll\adddot}{l\adddot}}},
@@ -54,20 +51,21 @@
   withafterword      =  {{postfacio de}{postfacio de}},
   translationof      =  {{traducci\'{o}n al espa\~{n}ol de}{trad\adddotspace de}},
   translationas      =  {{traducido al espa\~{n}ol como}{trad\adddotspace es\adddot}},
+  origpubas          =  {{edici\'{o}n original}{ed\adddot orig\adddot}},
   section            =  {{secci\'{o}n}{sec\adddot}},
   sections           =  {{secciones}{\iftoggle{bbx:classical}{secs\adddot}{sec\adddot}}}
 }
 %% 
-%%  Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
+%% Copyright 2009-2017 by Ivan Valbusa
 %% 
-%%  This program is provided under the terms of the
-%%  LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-%%  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
+%% This program is provided under the terms of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
 %% 
-%%  Author: Ivan Valbusa
-%%          ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
+%% Author: Ivan Valbusa
+%% ivan dot valbusa at univr dot it
 %% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
 %% 
 %%
 %% End of file `spanish-philosophy.lbx'.



More information about the tex-live-commits mailing list